US20230045336A1 - Integrated dry processes for patterning radiation photoresist patterning - Google Patents
Integrated dry processes for patterning radiation photoresist patterning Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- US20230045336A1 US20230045336A1 US17/758,125 US202117758125A US2023045336A1 US 20230045336 A1 US20230045336 A1 US 20230045336A1 US 202117758125 A US202117758125 A US 202117758125A US 2023045336 A1 US2023045336 A1 US 2023045336A1
- Authority
- US
- United States
- Prior art keywords
- chamber
- metal
- substrate
- deposition
- dry
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Abandoned
Links
- 229920002120 photoresistant polymer Polymers 0.000 title claims description 248
- 238000001035 drying Methods 0.000 title claims description 29
- 230000005855 radiation Effects 0.000 title claims description 18
- 238000000059 patterning Methods 0.000 title description 62
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 claims abstract description 438
- 230000008569 process Effects 0.000 claims abstract description 370
- 239000000758 substrate Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 200
- 229910052751 metal Inorganic materials 0.000 claims abstract description 163
- 239000002184 metal Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 163
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 95
- 239000000376 reactant Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 41
- 239000002243 precursor Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 31
- 125000002524 organometallic group Chemical group 0.000 claims abstract description 28
- 238000012545 processing Methods 0.000 claims description 200
- 238000011161 development Methods 0.000 claims description 153
- 230000008021 deposition Effects 0.000 claims description 111
- 238000007669 thermal treatment Methods 0.000 claims description 29
- 238000006243 chemical reaction Methods 0.000 claims description 27
- 239000000126 substance Substances 0.000 claims description 26
- 238000001459 lithography Methods 0.000 claims description 19
- 206010073306 Exposure to radiation Diseases 0.000 claims description 15
- 238000002156 mixing Methods 0.000 claims description 13
- 150000001875 compounds Chemical class 0.000 claims description 5
- 238000002203 pretreatment Methods 0.000 claims description 2
- 125000000524 functional group Chemical group 0.000 claims 1
- 238000000151 deposition Methods 0.000 abstract description 106
- 239000004065 semiconductor Substances 0.000 abstract description 67
- 238000012546 transfer Methods 0.000 abstract description 31
- 238000000231 atomic layer deposition Methods 0.000 abstract description 19
- 238000005229 chemical vapour deposition Methods 0.000 abstract description 17
- 239000010409 thin film Substances 0.000 abstract description 15
- 239000010408 film Substances 0.000 description 159
- 235000012431 wafers Nutrition 0.000 description 116
- 239000007789 gas Substances 0.000 description 94
- NJPPVKZQTLUDBO-UHFFFAOYSA-N novaluron Chemical compound C1=C(Cl)C(OC(F)(F)C(OC(F)(F)F)F)=CC=C1NC(=O)NC(=O)C1=C(F)C=CC=C1F NJPPVKZQTLUDBO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 42
- 239000010410 layer Substances 0.000 description 37
- 238000001900 extreme ultraviolet lithography Methods 0.000 description 30
- 239000000203 mixture Substances 0.000 description 30
- 230000001276 controlling effect Effects 0.000 description 29
- 238000004132 cross linking Methods 0.000 description 27
- 238000005516 engineering process Methods 0.000 description 26
- 238000004519 manufacturing process Methods 0.000 description 26
- 150000004706 metal oxides Chemical class 0.000 description 25
- 238000004140 cleaning Methods 0.000 description 22
- 229910044991 metal oxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 22
- CPELXLSAUQHCOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrogen bromide Chemical compound Br CPELXLSAUQHCOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 21
- 238000000469 dry deposition Methods 0.000 description 20
- 238000011282 treatment Methods 0.000 description 20
- -1 SiOxCyNz) Inorganic materials 0.000 description 17
- 238000003384 imaging method Methods 0.000 description 17
- 238000010521 absorption reaction Methods 0.000 description 16
- VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrochloric acid Chemical compound Cl VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 14
- 238000005530 etching Methods 0.000 description 13
- 150000002500 ions Chemical class 0.000 description 13
- 230000008901 benefit Effects 0.000 description 12
- 150000004820 halides Chemical class 0.000 description 12
- 229910000041 hydrogen chloride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 12
- IXCSERBJSXMMFS-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydrogen chloride Substances Cl.Cl IXCSERBJSXMMFS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 12
- 239000012071 phase Substances 0.000 description 12
- 230000015572 biosynthetic process Effects 0.000 description 11
- 230000006870 function Effects 0.000 description 11
- 229910052739 hydrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 10
- 229910000042 hydrogen bromide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 10
- 230000001965 increasing effect Effects 0.000 description 10
- 238000000206 photolithography Methods 0.000 description 10
- 150000003254 radicals Chemical class 0.000 description 10
- VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N silicon dioxide Inorganic materials O=[Si]=O VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N water Chemical compound O XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- UFHFLCQGNIYNRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrogen Chemical compound [H][H] UFHFLCQGNIYNRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- 239000001257 hydrogen Substances 0.000 description 9
- 230000007246 mechanism Effects 0.000 description 9
- 229910052760 oxygen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 9
- 230000035945 sensitivity Effects 0.000 description 9
- FAQYAMRNWDIXMY-UHFFFAOYSA-N trichloroborane Chemical compound ClB(Cl)Cl FAQYAMRNWDIXMY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- 125000000217 alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 8
- 238000009499 grossing Methods 0.000 description 8
- 229910000039 hydrogen halide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 8
- 239000012433 hydrogen halide Substances 0.000 description 8
- 239000001301 oxygen Substances 0.000 description 8
- 238000011160 research Methods 0.000 description 8
- 239000002904 solvent Substances 0.000 description 8
- 238000004528 spin coating Methods 0.000 description 8
- 238000007740 vapor deposition Methods 0.000 description 8
- 239000012808 vapor phase Substances 0.000 description 8
- KZBUYRJDOAKODT-UHFFFAOYSA-N Chlorine Chemical compound ClCl KZBUYRJDOAKODT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methanol Chemical compound OC OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- 101150049278 US20 gene Proteins 0.000 description 7
- 229910052799 carbon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 7
- 230000007547 defect Effects 0.000 description 7
- 238000005137 deposition process Methods 0.000 description 7
- 238000009826 distribution Methods 0.000 description 7
- 239000007788 liquid Substances 0.000 description 7
- 150000002739 metals Chemical class 0.000 description 7
- KRHYYFGTRYWZRS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Fluorane Chemical compound F KRHYYFGTRYWZRS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- XUIMIQQOPSSXEZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silicon Chemical compound [Si] XUIMIQQOPSSXEZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 239000003795 chemical substances by application Substances 0.000 description 6
- 238000009833 condensation Methods 0.000 description 6
- 230000005494 condensation Effects 0.000 description 6
- 238000011109 contamination Methods 0.000 description 6
- 239000012530 fluid Substances 0.000 description 6
- 229910052736 halogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 6
- 150000002367 halogens Chemical class 0.000 description 6
- XMBWDFGMSWQBCA-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydrogen iodide Chemical compound I XMBWDFGMSWQBCA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 238000009616 inductively coupled plasma Methods 0.000 description 6
- 230000010354 integration Effects 0.000 description 6
- BDAGIHXWWSANSR-UHFFFAOYSA-N methanoic acid Natural products OC=O BDAGIHXWWSANSR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 239000002245 particle Substances 0.000 description 6
- 229910052710 silicon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 6
- 239000010703 silicon Substances 0.000 description 6
- 238000003860 storage Methods 0.000 description 6
- FYSNRJHAOHDILO-UHFFFAOYSA-N thionyl chloride Chemical compound ClS(Cl)=O FYSNRJHAOHDILO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 229910052718 tin Inorganic materials 0.000 description 6
- QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ammonia Chemical compound N QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- ATJFFYVFTNAWJD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tin Chemical class [Sn] ATJFFYVFTNAWJD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- GDTBXPJZTBHREO-UHFFFAOYSA-N bromine Chemical compound BrBr GDTBXPJZTBHREO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 238000001704 evaporation Methods 0.000 description 5
- 230000008020 evaporation Effects 0.000 description 5
- 229910000043 hydrogen iodide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 5
- 230000003287 optical effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 230000003647 oxidation Effects 0.000 description 5
- 238000007254 oxidation reaction Methods 0.000 description 5
- 235000012239 silicon dioxide Nutrition 0.000 description 5
- XOLBLPGZBRYERU-UHFFFAOYSA-N tin dioxide Chemical compound O=[Sn]=O XOLBLPGZBRYERU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 230000008016 vaporization Effects 0.000 description 5
- 238000010507 β-hydride elimination reaction Methods 0.000 description 5
- MHAJPDPJQMAIIY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrogen peroxide Chemical compound OO MHAJPDPJQMAIIY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 150000001266 acyl halides Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 230000003321 amplification Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000013459 approach Methods 0.000 description 4
- QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N atomic oxygen Chemical compound [O] QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- ILAHWRKJUDSMFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N boron tribromide Chemical compound BrB(Br)Br ILAHWRKJUDSMFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 239000006227 byproduct Substances 0.000 description 4
- 230000015556 catabolic process Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000008859 change Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000003247 decreasing effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000006731 degradation reaction Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000013461 design Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000010586 diagram Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 description 4
- 229910052731 fluorine Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 238000010438 heat treatment Methods 0.000 description 4
- 229910052734 helium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 125000002887 hydroxy group Chemical group [H]O* 0.000 description 4
- 150000004681 metal hydrides Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 238000003199 nucleic acid amplification method Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000010943 off-gassing Methods 0.000 description 4
- 239000003960 organic solvent Substances 0.000 description 4
- 150000002902 organometallic compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 238000005240 physical vapour deposition Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000011112 process operation Methods 0.000 description 4
- 239000000243 solution Substances 0.000 description 4
- 238000012876 topography Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000009834 vaporization Methods 0.000 description 4
- OSWFIVFLDKOXQC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-(3-methoxyphenyl)aniline Chemical compound COC1=CC=CC(C=2C=CC(N)=CC=2)=C1 OSWFIVFLDKOXQC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Carbon Chemical compound [C] OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 229910006124 SOCl2 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 239000012080 ambient air Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000011324 bead Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000010504 bond cleavage reaction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000013626 chemical specie Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000000576 coating method Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000004891 communication Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000001816 cooling Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000000354 decomposition reaction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000000280 densification Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000001419 dependent effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000003795 desorption Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000010790 dilution Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000012895 dilution Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000011143 downstream manufacturing Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000009977 dual effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000005672 electromagnetic field Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000011049 filling Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000011737 fluorine Substances 0.000 description 3
- 235000019253 formic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 239000012634 fragment Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229910000040 hydrogen fluoride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-M hydroxide Chemical compound [OH-] XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 3
- 238000011065 in-situ storage Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000011261 inert gas Substances 0.000 description 3
- 125000001449 isopropyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 3
- 239000003446 ligand Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000007935 neutral effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000006303 photolysis reaction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000000047 product Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000010453 quartz Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000012163 sequencing technique Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000000377 silicon dioxide Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229910052714 tellurium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 229910001887 tin oxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- ARXJGSRGQADJSQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-methoxypropan-2-ol Chemical compound COCC(C)O ARXJGSRGQADJSQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Atomic nitrogen Chemical compound N#N IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229910015845 BBr3 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- YCKRFDGAMUMZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-N Fluorine atom Chemical compound [F] YCKRFDGAMUMZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229910013504 M-O-M Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- YGYAWVDWMABLBF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phosgene Chemical compound ClC(Cl)=O YGYAWVDWMABLBF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229910052581 Si3N4 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 229910020286 SiOxNy Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 229910020813 Sn-C Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 229910006854 SnOx Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 229910018732 Sn—C Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 229910009027 Sn—OH Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sulfuric acid Chemical compound OS(O)(=O)=O QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- GWEVSGVZZGPLCZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Titan oxide Chemical compound O=[Ti]=O GWEVSGVZZGPLCZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- MCMNRKCIXSYSNV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Zirconium dioxide Chemical compound O=[Zr]=O MCMNRKCIXSYSNV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- FXXACINHVKSMDR-UHFFFAOYSA-N acetyl bromide Chemical compound CC(Br)=O FXXACINHVKSMDR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- WETWJCDKMRHUPV-UHFFFAOYSA-N acetyl chloride Chemical compound CC(Cl)=O WETWJCDKMRHUPV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000012346 acetyl chloride Substances 0.000 description 2
- JUCMRTZQCZRJDC-UHFFFAOYSA-N acetyl fluoride Chemical compound CC(F)=O JUCMRTZQCZRJDC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- YRKCREAYFQTBPV-UHFFFAOYSA-N acetylacetone Chemical compound CC(=O)CC(C)=O YRKCREAYFQTBPV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000003570 air Substances 0.000 description 2
- 150000001298 alcohols Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 229910021529 ammonia Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 238000003491 array Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000010953 base metal Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000006399 behavior Effects 0.000 description 2
- IYRWEQXVUNLMAY-UHFFFAOYSA-N carbonyl fluoride Chemical compound FC(F)=O IYRWEQXVUNLMAY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000012159 carrier gas Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000011248 coating agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000004020 conductor Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000000470 constituent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000010924 continuous production Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000012864 cross contamination Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000032798 delamination Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000001627 detrimental effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000005108 dry cleaning Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000012636 effector Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000002708 enhancing effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000007613 environmental effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000007717 exclusion Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000009472 formulation Methods 0.000 description 2
- CATSNJVOTSVZJV-UHFFFAOYSA-N heptan-2-one Chemical compound CCCCCC(C)=O CATSNJVOTSVZJV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000005661 hydrophobic surface Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000001939 inductive effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229910052740 iodine Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 238000005468 ion implantation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000005259 measurement Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229910000000 metal hydroxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 150000004692 metal hydroxides Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- VNWKTOKETHGBQD-UHFFFAOYSA-N methane Chemical compound C VNWKTOKETHGBQD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000012986 modification Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000004048 modification Effects 0.000 description 2
- GVGCUCJTUSOZKP-UHFFFAOYSA-N nitrogen trifluoride Chemical compound FN(F)F GVGCUCJTUSOZKP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000010899 nucleation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000006911 nucleation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000005457 optimization Methods 0.000 description 2
- FAIAAWCVCHQXDN-UHFFFAOYSA-N phosphorus trichloride Chemical compound ClP(Cl)Cl FAIAAWCVCHQXDN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000009832 plasma treatment Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000000623 plasma-assisted chemical vapour deposition Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000007747 plating Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000009428 plumbing Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229920001343 polytetrafluoroethylene Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000004810 polytetrafluoroethylene Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000003672 processing method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 150000003839 salts Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 229910052814 silicon oxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000007787 solid Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000001179 sorption measurement Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000009987 spinning Methods 0.000 description 2
- 125000001424 substituent group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- PORWMNRCUJJQNO-UHFFFAOYSA-N tellurium atom Chemical compound [Te] PORWMNRCUJJQNO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000000999 tert-butyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C(*)(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 2
- LSJNBGSOIVSBBR-UHFFFAOYSA-N thionyl fluoride Chemical compound FS(F)=O LSJNBGSOIVSBBR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229910052721 tungsten Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 238000011144 upstream manufacturing Methods 0.000 description 2
- ZCYVEMRRCGMTRW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 7553-56-2 Chemical compound [I] ZCYVEMRRCGMTRW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZOXJGFHDIHLPTG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Boron Chemical compound [B] ZOXJGFHDIHLPTG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WKBOTKDWSSQWDR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Bromine atom Chemical compound [Br] WKBOTKDWSSQWDR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YZCKVEUIGOORGS-OUBTZVSYSA-N Deuterium Chemical compound [2H] YZCKVEUIGOORGS-OUBTZVSYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Diethyl ether Chemical compound CCOCC RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BWGNESOTFCXPMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dihydrogen disulfide Chemical compound SS BWGNESOTFCXPMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RWSOTUBLDIXVET-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dihydrogen sulfide Chemical compound S RWSOTUBLDIXVET-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethanol Chemical compound CCO LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CBENFWSGALASAD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ozone Chemical compound [O-][O+]=O CBENFWSGALASAD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910020929 Sn-Sn Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910008827 Sn—Sn Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000004809 Teflon Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920006362 Teflon® Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000007983 Tris buffer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 101150110932 US19 gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 238000002835 absorbance Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000006978 adaptation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000003545 alkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229910052782 aluminium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- XAGFODPZIPBFFR-UHFFFAOYSA-N aluminium Chemical compound [Al] XAGFODPZIPBFFR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PNEYBMLMFCGWSK-UHFFFAOYSA-N aluminium oxide Inorganic materials [O-2].[O-2].[O-2].[Al+3].[Al+3] PNEYBMLMFCGWSK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000001412 amines Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229910003481 amorphous carbon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910021417 amorphous silicon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000003708 ampul Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052787 antimony Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- WATWJIUSRGPENY-UHFFFAOYSA-N antimony atom Chemical compound [Sb] WATWJIUSRGPENY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000012298 atmosphere Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000004888 barrier function Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000005540 biological transmission Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229910052797 bismuth Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- JCXGWMGPZLAOME-UHFFFAOYSA-N bismuth atom Chemical compound [Bi] JCXGWMGPZLAOME-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000006664 bond formation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910052796 boron Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910052794 bromium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 150000007942 carboxylates Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000003153 chemical reaction reagent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000003776 cleavage reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910052681 coesite Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 230000003750 conditioning effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000005260 corrosion Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000007797 corrosion Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229910052593 corundum Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 230000008878 coupling Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010168 coupling process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000005859 coupling reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910052906 cristobalite Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 230000001351 cycling effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002950 deficient Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229910052805 deuterium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 125000004663 dialkyl amino group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000003989 dielectric material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000009792 diffusion process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000002147 dimethylamino group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])N(*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 238000003379 elimination reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000001495 ethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 238000005111 flow chemistry technique Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000003709 fluoroalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000004907 flux Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010574 gas phase reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910052732 germanium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- GNPVGFCGXDBREM-UHFFFAOYSA-N germanium atom Chemical compound [Ge] GNPVGFCGXDBREM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000002334 glycols Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229910052735 hafnium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- VBJZVLUMGGDVMO-UHFFFAOYSA-N hafnium atom Chemical compound [Hf] VBJZVLUMGGDVMO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CJNBYAVZURUTKZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N hafnium(IV) oxide Inorganic materials O=[Hf]=O CJNBYAVZURUTKZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 231100001261 hazardous Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000036541 health Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000001307 helium Substances 0.000 description 1
- SWQJXJOGLNCZEY-UHFFFAOYSA-N helium atom Chemical compound [He] SWQJXJOGLNCZEY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000002784 hot electron Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910000037 hydrogen sulfide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 230000005660 hydrophilic surface Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229910052738 indium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- APFVFJFRJDLVQX-UHFFFAOYSA-N indium atom Chemical compound [In] APFVFJFRJDLVQX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000002347 injection Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000007924 injection Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000003993 interaction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000011630 iodine Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000001788 irregular Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000000959 isobutyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 238000012804 iterative process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000007791 liquid phase Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000006193 liquid solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000011159 matrix material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910001507 metal halide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 150000005309 metal halides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229910052987 metal hydride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 238000002488 metal-organic chemical vapour deposition Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000001465 metallisation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000012544 monitoring process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000004108 n-butyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 125000000740 n-pentyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 125000004123 n-propyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 229910052757 nitrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910000069 nitrogen hydride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 150000002894 organic compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000011368 organic material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920000620 organic polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 150000002978 peroxides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000000704 physical effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000005268 plasma chemical vapour deposition Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910021420 polycrystalline silicon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229920000642 polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 230000000379 polymerizing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000007639 printing Methods 0.000 description 1
- LLHKCFNBLRBOGN-UHFFFAOYSA-N propylene glycol methyl ether acetate Chemical compound COCC(C)OC(C)=O LLHKCFNBLRBOGN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000010926 purge Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000009257 reactivity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001105 regulatory effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000013557 residual solvent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000000284 resting effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000007017 scission Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000002914 sec-butyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000003548 sec-pentyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- HQVNEWCFYHHQES-UHFFFAOYSA-N silicon nitride Chemical compound N12[Si]34N5[Si]62N3[Si]51N64 HQVNEWCFYHHQES-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910001220 stainless steel Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000010935 stainless steel Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052682 stishovite Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910052717 sulfur Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000011593 sulfur Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000001973 tert-pentyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C(*)(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 229910052905 tridymite Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- WFKWXMTUELFFGS-UHFFFAOYSA-N tungsten Chemical compound [W] WFKWXMTUELFFGS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000010937 tungsten Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000005019 vapor deposition process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910001845 yogo sapphire Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
Images
Classifications
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L21/00—Processes or apparatus adapted for the manufacture or treatment of semiconductor or solid state devices or of parts thereof
- H01L21/67—Apparatus specially adapted for handling semiconductor or electric solid state devices during manufacture or treatment thereof; Apparatus specially adapted for handling wafers during manufacture or treatment of semiconductor or electric solid state devices or components ; Apparatus not specifically provided for elsewhere
- H01L21/67005—Apparatus not specifically provided for elsewhere
- H01L21/67011—Apparatus for manufacture or treatment
- H01L21/67155—Apparatus for manufacturing or treating in a plurality of work-stations
- H01L21/67207—Apparatus for manufacturing or treating in a plurality of work-stations comprising a chamber adapted to a particular process
- H01L21/67225—Apparatus for manufacturing or treating in a plurality of work-stations comprising a chamber adapted to a particular process comprising at least one lithography chamber
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G03—PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
- G03F—PHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
- G03F7/00—Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
- G03F7/004—Photosensitive materials
- G03F7/0042—Photosensitive materials with inorganic or organometallic light-sensitive compounds not otherwise provided for, e.g. inorganic resists
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G03—PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
- G03F—PHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
- G03F7/00—Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
- G03F7/004—Photosensitive materials
- G03F7/09—Photosensitive materials characterised by structural details, e.g. supports, auxiliary layers
- G03F7/11—Photosensitive materials characterised by structural details, e.g. supports, auxiliary layers having cover layers or intermediate layers, e.g. subbing layers
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G03—PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
- G03F—PHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
- G03F7/00—Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
- G03F7/16—Coating processes; Apparatus therefor
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G03—PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
- G03F—PHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
- G03F7/00—Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
- G03F7/16—Coating processes; Apparatus therefor
- G03F7/167—Coating processes; Apparatus therefor from the gas phase, by plasma deposition
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G03—PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
- G03F—PHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
- G03F7/00—Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
- G03F7/16—Coating processes; Apparatus therefor
- G03F7/168—Finishing the coated layer, e.g. drying, baking, soaking
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G03—PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
- G03F—PHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
- G03F7/00—Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
- G03F7/26—Processing photosensitive materials; Apparatus therefor
- G03F7/30—Imagewise removal using liquid means
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G03—PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
- G03F—PHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
- G03F7/00—Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
- G03F7/26—Processing photosensitive materials; Apparatus therefor
- G03F7/36—Imagewise removal not covered by groups G03F7/30 - G03F7/34, e.g. using gas streams, using plasma
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G03—PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
- G03F—PHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
- G03F7/00—Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
- G03F7/26—Processing photosensitive materials; Apparatus therefor
- G03F7/38—Treatment before imagewise removal, e.g. prebaking
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G03—PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
- G03F—PHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
- G03F7/00—Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
- G03F7/26—Processing photosensitive materials; Apparatus therefor
- G03F7/40—Treatment after imagewise removal, e.g. baking
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G03—PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
- G03F—PHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
- G03F7/00—Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
- G03F7/70—Microphotolithographic exposure; Apparatus therefor
- G03F7/70483—Information management; Active and passive control; Testing; Wafer monitoring, e.g. pattern monitoring
- G03F7/70491—Information management, e.g. software; Active and passive control, e.g. details of controlling exposure processes or exposure tool monitoring processes
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G03—PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
- G03F—PHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
- G03F7/00—Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
- G03F7/70—Microphotolithographic exposure; Apparatus therefor
- G03F7/708—Construction of apparatus, e.g. environment aspects, hygiene aspects or materials
- G03F7/70808—Construction details, e.g. housing, load-lock, seals or windows for passing light in or out of apparatus
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L21/00—Processes or apparatus adapted for the manufacture or treatment of semiconductor or solid state devices or of parts thereof
- H01L21/67—Apparatus specially adapted for handling semiconductor or electric solid state devices during manufacture or treatment thereof; Apparatus specially adapted for handling wafers during manufacture or treatment of semiconductor or electric solid state devices or components ; Apparatus not specifically provided for elsewhere
- H01L21/67005—Apparatus not specifically provided for elsewhere
- H01L21/67011—Apparatus for manufacture or treatment
- H01L21/6715—Apparatus for applying a liquid, a resin, an ink or the like
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L21/00—Processes or apparatus adapted for the manufacture or treatment of semiconductor or solid state devices or of parts thereof
- H01L21/67—Apparatus specially adapted for handling semiconductor or electric solid state devices during manufacture or treatment thereof; Apparatus specially adapted for handling wafers during manufacture or treatment of semiconductor or electric solid state devices or components ; Apparatus not specifically provided for elsewhere
- H01L21/67005—Apparatus not specifically provided for elsewhere
- H01L21/67011—Apparatus for manufacture or treatment
- H01L21/67155—Apparatus for manufacturing or treating in a plurality of work-stations
- H01L21/67161—Apparatus for manufacturing or treating in a plurality of work-stations characterized by the layout of the process chambers
- H01L21/67167—Apparatus for manufacturing or treating in a plurality of work-stations characterized by the layout of the process chambers surrounding a central transfer chamber
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L21/00—Processes or apparatus adapted for the manufacture or treatment of semiconductor or solid state devices or of parts thereof
- H01L21/67—Apparatus specially adapted for handling semiconductor or electric solid state devices during manufacture or treatment thereof; Apparatus specially adapted for handling wafers during manufacture or treatment of semiconductor or electric solid state devices or components ; Apparatus not specifically provided for elsewhere
- H01L21/67005—Apparatus not specifically provided for elsewhere
- H01L21/67011—Apparatus for manufacture or treatment
- H01L21/67155—Apparatus for manufacturing or treating in a plurality of work-stations
- H01L21/67207—Apparatus for manufacturing or treating in a plurality of work-stations comprising a chamber adapted to a particular process
Definitions
- the fabrication of semiconductor devices is a multi-step process involving photolithography.
- the process includes the deposition of material on a wafer and patterning the material through lithographic techniques to form structural features (e.g., transistors and circuitry) of the semiconductor device.
- the steps of a typical photolithography process known in the art include: preparing the substrate; applying a photoresist, such as by spin coating; exposing the photoresist to light in a desired pattern, causing the exposed areas of the photoresist to become more or less soluble in a developer solution; developing by applying a developer solution to remove either the exposed or the unexposed areas of the photoresist; and subsequent processing to create features on the areas of the substrate from which the photoresist has been removed, such as by etching or material deposition.
- a photoresist such as by spin coating
- exposing the photoresist to light in a desired pattern causing the exposed areas of the photoresist to become more or less soluble in a developer solution
- developing by applying a developer solution to remove either the exposed or the unexposed areas of the photoresist
- subsequent processing to create features on the areas of the substrate from which the photoresist has been removed, such as by etching or material deposition.
- EUV photolithographic processes can present challenges, however, including low power output and loss of light during patterning.
- Traditional organic chemically amplified resists (CAR) similar to those used in 193 nm UV lithography have potential drawbacks when used in EUV lithography, particularly as they have low absorption coefficients in EUV region and the diffusion of photo-activated chemical species can result in blur or line edge roughness.
- CAR organic chemically amplified resists
- small features patterned in conventional CAR materials can result in high aspect ratios at risk of pattern collapse. Accordingly, there remains a need for improved EUV photoresist materials, having such properties as decreased thickness, greater absorbance, and greater etch resistance.
- an integrated lithography system including: a plurality of reaction chambers within a cluster, the plurality of reaction chambers including: a photoresist (PR) deposition chamber, a post-application bake (PAB) chamber, a post-exposure bake (PEB) chamber, and a development chamber; and a controller that includes one or more processors and one or more memory devices, where the one or more memory devices store computer-executable instructions for controlling the one or more processors to: receive a substrate in the PR deposition chamber, deposit a PR on a surface of the substrate within the PR deposition chamber, receive the substrate having the PR in the PAB chamber, treat the PR within the PAB chamber to modify material properties of the PR, after treating the PR, receive the substrate in the PEB chamber, where portions of the PR have been chemically altered by exposure to radiation to create a patterned PR, treat the patterned PR
- the PR may be a metal-containing PR. In some embodiments, the PR may be an EUV PR.
- the plurality of reaction chambers further includes a substrate clean chamber, and the computer-executable instructions further include instructions for controlling the one or more processors to, prior to the computer-executable instruction to receive the substrate having the PR in the PAB chamber: receive the substrate having the PR in the clean chamber and perform a dry clean process to remove PR from the bevel edge and/or backside of the substrate.
- the plurality of reaction chambers further includes an underlayer deposition chamber
- the computer-executable instructions further include instructions for controlling the one or more processors to, prior to the computer-executable instruction to deposit a PR: deposit an underlayer on the surface of the substrate via a dry process, where the underlayer increases the adhesion of the PR to the substrate.
- the underlayer deposition chamber may be the PR deposition chamber.
- the plurality of reaction chambers further includes a pre-treatment chamber
- the computer-executable instructions further include instructions for controlling the one or more processors to, prior to the computer-executable instruction to deposit a metal-containing PR: treat the surface of the substrate via a dry process to cause more exposed hydroxyl groups on the surface of the substrate.
- the plurality of reaction chambers are each below atmospheric pressure, and the PR may be under below-atmospheric pressure until after the dry development process.
- the ambient environment of the substrate may be controlled to reduce exposure of the photoresist to moisture prior to dry developing the patterned PR.
- the computer-executable instructions further include computer-executable instructions to deposit the PR via a dry process including mixing a vapor stream of an organometallic precursor with a vapor stream of a counter-reactant.
- the processes performed by the plurality of reaction chambers are all dry processes. In some embodiments, the processes performed by the plurality of reaction chambers include wet and dry processes.
- the cluster includes multiple PR deposition chambers.
- the PAB chamber and the PEB chamber are the same chamber.
- the computer-executable instructions further include instructions for controlling the one or more processors to perform a dry clean process to remove PR from the bevel edge and/or backside of the substrate within the PAB chamber.
- the plurality of reaction chambers further includes a lithography scanner, and the computer-executable instructions further include instructions for controlling the one or more processors to, prior to the computer-executable instruction to receive the substrate in the PEB chamber: receive the substrate in the lithography scanner and expose portions of the PR to radiation to create a patterned PR.
- the plurality of substrate processing environments further includes a thermal treatment processing environment
- the one or more memory devices store further computer-executable instructions for controlling the one or more processors to: before and/or after portions of the metal-containing PR have been chemically altered by exposure to radiation to create a patterned PR, thermally treat the metal-containing PR within the thermal treatment processing environment.
- an integrated substrate processing system including: a plurality of substrate processing environments, the plurality of substrate processing environments comprising a metal-containing photoresist (PR) deposition environment and one or more other separate integrated processing environments selected from the group consisting of: an additional metal-containing photoresist (PR) deposition environment; a metal-containing PR development environment, and a thermal treatment processing environment; and a controller that includes one or more processors and one or more memory devices, wherein the one or more memory devices store computer-executable instructions for controlling the one or more processors to: receive a substrate in the metal-containing PR deposition environment; deposit a metal-containing PR on a surface of the substrate within the metal-containing PR deposition environment; and conduct additional PR processing operations in the one or more other separate integrated processing environments.
- PR photoresist
- the plurality of substrate processing environments further includes a PR dry development processing environment
- the one or more memory devices store further computer-executable instructions for controlling the one or more processors to: after portions of the metal-containing PR have been chemically altered by exposure to radiation to create a patterned PR, dry develop the patterned PR within the development environment by removing either an exposed portion or an unexposed portion of the patterned PR by a dry development process including exposure to a chemical compound to form a PR mask.
- the plurality of substrate processing environments further includes a scanner environment
- the one or more memory devices store further computer-executable instructions for controlling the one or more processors to: expose portions of the metal-containing PR to radiation within the scanner environment to chemically alter the exposed portions.
- the plurality of substrate processing environments are different process chambers within a cluster. In some implementations, the plurality of substrate processing environments are different stations within a chamber. In some implementations, the plurality of substrate processing environments includes three metal-containing PR deposition environments. In some implementations, the plurality of substrate processing environments includes two metal-containing PR deposition environments and a metal-containing PR development environment, and the one or more memory devices store further computer-executable instructions for controlling the one or more processors to: after portions of the metal-containing PR have been chemically altered by exposure to radiation to create a patterned PR, develop the patterned PR via a dry process.
- the plurality of substrate processing environments includes a metal-containing PR deposition environments, a thermal treatment processing environment, and a metal-containing PR development environment
- the one or more memory devices store further computer-executable instructions for controlling the one or more processors to: before and/or after portions of the metal-containing PR have been chemically altered by exposure to radiation to create a patterned PR, thermally treat the metal-containing PR within the thermal treatment processing environment and after thermally treating the metal-containing PR within the thermal treatment processing environment, developing the patterned PR via a dry process.
- the plurality of substrate processing environments includes a metal-containing PR deposition environments, a first thermal treatment processing environment, a second thermal treatment processing environment, and a metal-containing PR development environment
- the one or more memory devices store further computer-executable instructions for controlling the one or more processors to: before portions of the metal-containing PR have been chemically altered by exposure to radiation to create a patterned PR, thermally treat the metal-containing PR within the first thermal treatment processing environment, after portions of the metal-containing PR have been chemically altered by exposure to radiation to create a patterned PR, thermally treat the metal-containing PR within the second thermal treatment processing environment, and after thermally treating the metal-containing PR within the second thermal treatment processing environment, developing the patterned PR via a dry process.
- FIG. 1 presents a process flow diagram for one example embodiment.
- FIG. 2 presents an exemplary chemical reaction scheme of the present technology.
- FIGS. 3 A-E illustrate a representative process flow for an example embodiment.
- FIGS. 4 - 9 are schematic diagrams of examples of process chambers for performing methods in accordance with disclosed embodiments.
- FIGS. 10 A-F present schematic diagrams of various process cluster configurations in accordance with disclosed embodiments.
- FIGS. 11 - 12 and 13 A -B present various example tool architectures that may be used to perform methods in accordance with disclosed embodiments.
- This disclosure relates generally to the field of semiconductor processing.
- the disclosure is directed to methods and apparatus for processing of EUV photoresists (e.g., EUV-sensitive metal and/or metal oxide-containing resist films) in the context of EUV patterning and EUV patterned film development to form a patterning mask.
- EUV photoresists e.g., EUV-sensitive metal and/or metal oxide-containing resist films
- Patterning of thin films in semiconductor processing is often an important step in the fabrication of semiconductors. Patterning involves lithography. In conventional photolithography, such as 193 nm photolithography, patterns are printed by emitting photons from a photon source onto a mask and printing the pattern onto a photosensitive photoresist, thereby causing a chemical reaction in the photoresist that, after development, removes certain portions of the photoresist to form the pattern.
- photolithography such as 193 nm photolithography
- Advanced technology nodes include nodes 22 nm, 16 nm, and beyond.
- the width of a typical via or line in a Damascene structure is typically no greater than about 30 nm. Scaling of features on advanced semiconductor integrated circuits (ICs) and other devices is driving lithography to improve resolution.
- EUV lithography can extend lithography technology by moving to smaller imaging source wavelengths than would be achievable with conventional photolithography methods.
- EUV light sources at approximately 10-20 nm, or 11-14 nm wavelength, for example 13.5 nm wavelength, can be used for leading-edge lithography tools, also referred to as scanners.
- the EUV radiation is strongly absorbed in a wide range of solid and fluid materials including quartz and water vapor, and so operates in a vacuum.
- EUV lithography makes use of EUV resists that are patterned to form masks for use in etching underlying layers.
- EUV resists may be polymer-based chemically amplified resists (CARs) produced by liquid-based spin-on techniques.
- CARs chemically amplified resists
- An alternative to CARs are directly photopatternable metal oxide-containing films, such as those available from Inpria, Corvallis, OR, and described, for example, in US Patent Publications US 2017/0102612, US 2016/021660 and US 2016/0116839, incorporated by reference herein at least for their disclosure of photopatternable metal oxide-containing films.
- Such films may be produced by spin-on techniques or dry vapor-deposited.
- the metal oxide-containing film can be patterned directly (i.e., without the use of a separate photoresist) by EUV exposure in a vacuum ambient providing sub-30 nm patterning resolution, for example as described in U.S. Pat. No. 9,996,004, issued Jun. 12, 2018 and titled EUV PHOTOPATTERNING OF VAPOR-DEPOSITED METAL OXIDE-CONTAINING HARDMASKS, and/or in Application PCT/US19/31618, filed May 9, 2019, and titled METHODS FOR MAKING EUV PATTERNABLE HARD MASKS, the disclosures of which at least relating to the composition, deposition, and patterning of directly photopatternable metal oxide films to form EUV resist masks is incorporated by reference herein.
- the patterning involves exposure of the EUV resist with EUV radiation to form a photo pattern in the resist, followed by development to remove a portion of the resist according to the photo pattern to form the mask.
- the radiation sources most relevant to such lithography are DUV (deep-UV), which generally refers to use of 248 nm or 193 nm excimer laser sources, X-ray, which formally includes EUV at the lower energy range of the X-ray range, as well as e-beam, which can cover a wide energy range.
- DUV deep-UV
- X-ray which formally includes EUV at the lower energy range of the X-ray range, as well as e-beam, which can cover a wide energy range.
- the specific methods may depend on the particular materials and applications used in the semiconductor substrate and ultimate semiconducting device. Thus, the methods described in this application are merely exemplary of the methods and materials that may be used in present technology.
- Directly photopatternable EUV resists may be composed of or contain metals and/or metal oxides mixed within organic components.
- the metals/metal oxides are highly promising in that they can enhance the EUV photon adsorption and generate secondary electrons and/or show increased etch selectivity to an underlying film stack and device layers.
- these resists have been developed using a wet (solvent) approach, which requires the wafer to move to the track, where it is exposed to developing solvent, dried and baked. Wet development does not only limit productivity but can also lead to line collapse due to surface tension effects during the evaporation of solvent between fine features.
- Dry development techniques have been proposed to overcome these issues by eliminating substrate delamination and interface failures. Dry development has its own challenges, including etch selectivity between unexposed and EUV exposed resist material which can lead to a higher dose to size requirement for effective resist exposure when compared to wet development. Suboptimal selectivity can also cause PR corner rounding due to longer exposures under etching gas, which may increase line critical dimension (CD) variation in the following transfer etch step.
- CD line critical dimension
- FIG. 1 presents a flow diagram of an example method for performing a dry chamber clean when depositing and developing a photoresist according to some embodiments.
- the operations of a process 100 may be performed in different orders and/or with different, fewer, or additional operations.
- One or more operations of the process 100 may be performed using various apparatuses described herein.
- the operations of the process 100 may be implemented, at least in part, according to software stored in one or more non-transitory computer readable media.
- a layer of photoresist is deposited. This may be either a dry deposition process such as a vapor deposition process or a wet process such as a spin-on deposition process.
- the photoresist can be an EUV resist or metal-containing EUV rests.
- FIG. 2 presents an exemplary process by which a polymerized organometallic material may be formed to deposit a metal-containing EUV resist.
- metal-containing EUV resist material may be formed on internal surfaces of the process chamber.
- the internal surfaces may include chamber walls, floors, and ceilings of the process chamber. Other internal surfaces may include a showerhead, nozzles, and substrate support surfaces.
- the metal-containing EUV resist material may form as a result of dry deposition processes, such as CVD or ALD processes.
- a thickness of the metal-containing EUV resist material formed on the internal surfaces may increase over time as a result of additional processing (e.g., deposition) operations being performed in the process chamber.
- the metal-containing EUV resist material is prone to flake off, shed particles, or peel from the internal surfaces of the process chamber to contaminate subsequent semiconductor substrates during processing.
- a dry chamber clean operation of the present disclosure may be performed after deposition of the metal-containing EUV resist thin film on the semiconductor substrate at block 102 of the process 100 .
- This allows for deposition and dry cleaning to be performed in the same process chamber.
- the dry chamber clean may be performed in a different process chamber than the deposition operation in embodiments.
- the dry chamber clean may be performed subsequent to a bevel and/or backside clean, bake, development, or etch operation.
- the dry-deposited metal-containing EUV photoresist films being removed are generally composed of Sn, O and C, but the same clean approaches can be extended to films of other metal oxide resists and materials. In addition, this approach can also be used for film strip and PR rework.
- an optional cleaning process is performed to clean a backside and/or bevel edge of the semiconductor substrate.
- the backside and/or bevel edge clean may non-selectively etch EUV resist film to equally remove film with various levels of oxidation or crosslinking on the substrate backside and bevel edge.
- EUV-patternable film either by wet deposition processing or dry deposition processing, there may be some unintended deposition of resist material on the substrate bevel edge and/or backside.
- the unintended deposition may lead to undesirable particles later moving to a top surface of the semiconductor substrate and becoming particle defects.
- this bevel edge and backside deposition can cause downstream processing problems, including contamination of the patterning (scanner) and development tools.
- edge bead removal is performed by wet cleaning techniques.
- this process is called edge bead removal (EBR) and is performed by directing a stream of solvent from above and below the bevel edge while the substrate is spinning.
- EBR edge bead removal
- the same process can be applied to soluble organotin oxide-based resists deposited by vapor deposition techniques.
- the substrate bevel edge and/or backside clean may also be a dry clean process.
- a dry chamber clean operation of the present disclosure may be performed after a bevel edge and/or backside clean operation. This allows for bevel and/or backside clean and dry chamber clean to be performed in the same process chamber. However, it will be understood that the dry chamber clean may be performed in a different process chamber than the bevel edge and/or backside clean operation in some embodiments.
- an optional post-application bake is performed after deposition of the EUV-patternable film and prior to EUV exposure.
- the PAB treatment may involve a combination of thermal treatment, chemical exposure, and moisture to increase the EUV sensitivity of the EUV-patternable film, reducing the EUV dose to develop a pattern in the EUV-patternable film.
- a dry chamber clean operation of the present disclosure may be performed after a PAB treatment. This allows for bake and dry chamber clean to be performed in the same process chamber. However, it will be understood that the dry chamber clean may be performed in a different process chamber than the PAB treatment operation in some embodiments.
- the metal-containing EUV resist film is exposed to EUV radiation to develop a pattern.
- the EUV exposure causes a change in the chemical composition and cross-linking in the metal-containing EUV resist film, creating a contrast in etch selectivity that can be exploited for subsequent development.
- a photopatterned metal-containing EUV resist is provided.
- the photopatterned metal-containing EUV resist includes EUV-exposed and unexposed regions.
- an optional post-exposure bake is performed to further increase contrast in etch selectivity of the photopatterned metal-containing EUV resist.
- the photopatterned metal-containing EUV resist can be thermally treated in the presence of various chemical species to facilitate cross-linking of the EUV-exposed regions of the photopatterned metal-containing EUV resist or simply baked on a hot plate in ambient air.
- a dry chamber clean operation of the present disclosure may be performed after a PEB treatment. This allows for bake and dry chamber clean to be performed in the same process chamber. However, it will be understood that the dry chamber clean may be performed in a different process chamber than the PEB treatment operation in some embodiments.
- the photopatterned metal-containing resist is developed to form a resist mask.
- the exposed regions are removed (positive tone) or the unexposed regions are removed (negative tone).
- development may include selective deposition on either the exposed or unexposed regions of the photopatterned metal-containing resist, followed by an etching operation.
- these processes may be dry processes or wet processes. Examples of processes for development involve an organotin oxide-containing EUV-sensitive photoresist thin film (e.g., 10-30 nm thick, such as 20 nm), subjected to a EUV exposure dose and post-exposure bake, and then developed.
- the photoresist film may be, for example, deposited based on a gas phase reaction of an organotin precursor such as isopropyl(tris)(dimethylamino)tin and water vapor, or may be a spin-on film comprising tin clusters in an organic matrix.
- the photopatterned metal-containing resist is developed by exposure to a development chemistry.
- the development chemistry includes a halide-containing chemistry.
- a dry chamber clean operation of the present disclosure may be performed after development. This allows for development and dry chamber clean to be performed in the same process chamber. However, it will be understood that the dry chamber clean may be performed in a different process chamber than the development operation in some embodiments. Moreover, it will be understood that the dry chamber clean may be performed in the same or different process chamber than an etch operation in some embodiments.
- the etch operation may be applied to etch a substrate underlayer of the semiconductor substrate.
- methods of the present technology combine all dry steps of film formation by vapor deposition, (EUV) lithographic photopatterning and dry development.
- methods of the present technology include a wet deposition and a dry development, or a dry deposition and a wet development.
- a substrate may directly go to a dry development/etch chamber following photopatterning in an EUV scanner. Such processes may avoid material and productivity costs associated with a wet development.
- a post exposure bake step during which the exposed regions undergo further crosslinking to form a denser SnO-like network may be conducted in the development chamber, or another chamber.
- a substrate may be provided to various processing environments to perform each of operations 102 - 112 .
- there may be a PR deposition environment, one or more thermal treatment environments for PAB and/or
- PEB a wafer cleaning environment
- scanning environment a PR development environment.
- one or more of these environments may be a station/pedestal within a chamber, a chamber having one or more pedestals, and/or a multi-chamber cluster tool having one or more chambers.
- multiple operations may be performed in a single processing environment, e.g., a thermal treatment environment and a wafer cleaning environment may be the same processing environment, where both operations may be performed sequentially without moving the wafer to a different pedestal, chamber, or tool.
- multiple processing environments may be within the same chamber or tool, e.g., a thermal treatment environment and a wafer cleaning environment may be at different stations within a quad-station module chamber.
- a plurality of processing environments of the same type may be provided in the same tool, for example to enhance or optimize throughput in situations when one processing operation is much slower than another in a multi-operation wafer processing.
- Other combinations of the above-defined environments should be understood to be within the scope of this disclosure.
- dry processes of the present technology may provide various benefits relative to wet development processes among those known in the art.
- dry vapor deposition techniques described herein can be used to deposit thinner and more defect free films than can be applied using wet spin-coating techniques, and that the exact thickness of the deposited film can be modulated and controlled simply by increasing or decreasing the length of the deposition step or sequence.
- a dry process may provide more tunability and give further critical dimension (CD) control and scum removal. Dry development can improve performance (e.g., prevent line collapse due to surface tension in wet development) and enhance throughput (e.g., by avoiding wet development track).
- CD critical dimension
- a combination of wet and dry processing may be suitable or optimal, such as where substantial capital investment has been made in wet processing wafer processing apparatus whose performance can be enhanced by integrated dry processing and associated apparatus for some operations in a multi-operation process.
- this disclosure provides processes and apparatus configured for dry development of an EUV-photopatterned metal and/or metal oxide-containing resist as part of a EUV resist mask formation process.
- Various embodiments include combining all dry operations of film formation by vapor deposition, (EUV) lithographic photopatterning, and dry development.
- Various other embodiments include dry processing operations described herein advantageously combined with wet processing operations, for example, spin-on EUV photoresists (wet process), such as available from Inpria Corp., may be combined with dry development or other wet or dry processes as described herein.
- the wafer clean may be a wet process as described herein, while other processes are dry processes.
- a wet development process may be used in combination with (dry) vapor deposition of a PR film.
- FIGS. 3 A-E illustrate another representative process flow for a metal photoresist hardmask formation process.
- a metal-containing film that is sensitive to a patterning agent such as photons, electrons, protons, ions or neutral species, such that the film can be patterned by exposure to one of these species, is deposited on a semiconductor substrate.
- the metal-containing film is then patterned by exposure to the patterning agent in a vacuum ambient to form the metal mask.
- This description references primarily metal-containing films, particularly where the metal is Sn, that are patterned by extreme ultraviolet lithography (EUV lithography (EUVL)), particularly EUVL having an EUV source which uses excited Sn droplets.
- EUV-sensitive films Such films are referred to herein as EUV-sensitive films.
- EUV-sensitive films Such films are referred to herein as EUV-sensitive films.
- other implementations are possible, including different metal-containing films and patterning agents/techniques.
- the semiconductor substrate 100 is a silicon wafer including partially-formed integrated circuits.
- FIG. 3 B illustrates a metal-containing film 102 that is sensitive to a patterning agent deposited on the semiconductor substrate 100 .
- the metal-containing film may be a metal salt, for example a metal halide, or an organometallic compound sensitive to exposure to a patterning agent such that the metal-containing film gets decomposed to the base metal or is rendered sensitive to a subsequent development process.
- Suitable patterning agents may be photons, electrons, protons, ions or neutral species, such that the metal-containing film 102 can be patterned by exposure to one of these species by decomposition to the base metal or is rendered sensitive to a subsequent development process.
- the semiconductor substrate 100 is placed in a reactor chamber for metal-containing film deposition under vacuum.
- a blanket of the metal-containing film 102 can be formed by condensation from a suitable precursor (e.g., in a non-plasma CVD reactor, such as an Altus® CVD tool or an Aether® GP CVD tool, available from Lam Research Corporation, Fremont, Calif.).
- a suitable precursor e.g., in a non-plasma CVD reactor, such as an Altus® CVD tool or an Aether® GP CVD tool, available from Lam Research Corporation, Fremont, Calif.
- Suitable process conditions for this deposition via condensation include a deposition temperature between about 0 and 250° C., for example about from ambient temperature (e.g., 23° C.) to 150° C., and a reactor pressure of less than 20 Torr, for example maintained between 0.5 and 2 Torr at 60° C. Maintaining the precursor flow rate between about 100 and 1000 sccm allows for control of the deposition rate.
- formation and transfer of the Sn-containing films is conducted in a vacuum-ambient.
- the formed film is then transferred to a EUV patterning tool and patterned via direct exposure, without the use of a photoresist, as illustrated in FIGS. 3 C-D .
- a EUVL tool typically operates at a higher vacuum than a deposition tool. If this is the case, it is desirable to increase the vacuum environment of the substrate during the transfer from the deposition to the patterning tool to allow the substrate and deposited metal-containing film to degas prior to entry into the patterning tool. This is so that the optics of the patterning tool are not contaminated by off-gassing from the substrate.
- the patterning results in exposed metal-containing film regions of formed metal mask 102 a and unexposed regions 102 b of material to be removed by pattern development.
- the pattern can then be developed. Development is further discussed elsewhere herein. In some embodiments, development of the pattern can occur simply by heating the substrate to volatilize the unexposed regions 102 b of the metal-containing film, so that only the exposed regions 102 a remain as a fully-formed metal mask. It should be noted that this pattern development operation may not require vacuum integration since a thermally and environmentally stable patterned metal mask may have been formed. It may also be desirable to conduct the pattern development outside the patterning tool to avoid contaminating the tool optics with any incompatible byproducts of the metal-containing film decomposition.
- a pattern amplification can be done.
- selective ALD or electroless deposition (ELD) may be performed on the patterned substrate following the operations depicted in FIGS. 3 C and/or 3 D to build up the thickness of the metal mask with additional selectively deposited metal 106 .
- ELD electroless deposition
- Such amplification may be accomplished, for example, by adaptation of an electroless deposition process such as that described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 6,911,067, 6,794,288, 6,902,605 and 4,935,312, the disclosures of which in this regard are incorporated by reference herein.
- an initial lnm seed could be amplified to 10 nm in this way.
- this operation may not require vacuum integration since a thermally and environmentally stable patterned metal mask would have been formed before amplification.
- dry operations may be one-pass tunable processes.
- various process conditions as described below, an operation can be optimized.
- a dry process for underlayer and PR deposition may be performed in two operations, while wet processes may require cleaning and bake operations before deposition of the PR film.
- Wet processes by contrast, may require the use of pre-formulated solution that constrains process parameters, as well as additional passes of thermal treatment, cooling, and spin drying.
- a dry process may avoid any liquid solution drying steps and reduce PR delamination or line leaning/collapse.
- a wet, spin-on process may use pre-formulated solutions and be performed at ambient pressure.
- a dry process may be performed under vacuum with control of, e.g., pressure, humidity, oxygen, and temperature.
- vacuum may be maintained between dry processes, which is advantageous to control the environment of the wafer during and between processing operations.
- integrated processes may allow for reduced queue time as processes are performed within the same tool, chamber, or station.
- the present disclosure provides methods for making imaging layers on semiconductor substrates, which may be patterned using EUV or other next generation lithographic techniques. Methods include those where polymerized organometallic materials are produced in a vapor and deposited on a substrate. In other embodiments, a spin-on formulation may be used.
- EUV-sensitive thin films are deposited on a substrate, such films being operable as resists for subsequent EUV lithography and processing.
- EUV-sensitive films comprise materials which, upon exposure to EUV, undergo changes, such as the loss of bulky pendant substituents bonded to metal atoms in low density M-OH rich materials, allowing their crosslinking to denser M-O-M bonded metal oxide materials.
- EUV patterning areas of the film are created that have altered physical or chemical properties relative to unexposed areas. These properties may be exploited in subsequent processing, such as to dissolve either unexposed or exposed areas, or to selectively deposit materials on either the exposed or unexposed areas.
- the unexposed film has a hydrophobic surface and the exposed film has a hydrophilic surface (it being recognized that the hydrophilic properties of exposed and unexposed areas are relative to one another) under the conditions at which such subsequent processing is performed.
- the removal of material may be performed by leveraging differences in chemical composition, density and cross-linking of the film. Removal may be by wet processing or dry processing, as further described below.
- the thickness of the EUV-patternable film formed on the surface of the substrate may vary according to the surface characteristics, materials used, and processing conditions.
- the film thickness may range from 0.5 nm to 100 nm, and is preferably of sufficient thickness to absorb most of the EUV light under the conditions of EUV patterning.
- the overall absorption of the resist film may be 30% or less (e.g., 10% or less, or 5% or less) so that the resist material at the bottom of the resist film is sufficiently exposed.
- the film thickness is from 10 to 20 nm.
- the processes of the present disclosure have fewer restrictions on the surface adhesion properties of the substrate, and therefore can be applied to a wide variety of substrates.
- the deposited films may closely conform to surface features, providing advantages in forming masks over substrates, such as substrates having underlying features, without “filling in” or otherwise planarizing such features.
- Substrates useful in the methods of the present technology may include any material construct suitable for lithographic processing, particularly for the production of integrated circuits and other semiconducting devices.
- substrates are silicon wafers.
- Substrates may be silicon wafers upon which features have been created (“underlying topographical features”), having an irregular surface topography.
- underlying topographical features are a surface onto which a film of the present technology is to be deposited or that is to be exposed to EUV during processing.
- Such underlying topographical features may include regions in which material has been removed (e.g., by etching) or regions in which materials have been added (e.g., by deposition) during processing prior to conducting a method of this technology.
- Such prior processing may include methods of this technology or other processing methods in an iterative process by which two or more layers of features are formed on the substrate.
- methods of the present technology offer advantages relative to methods among those known in the art in which photolithographic films are deposited on the surface of substrates using spin casting methods. Such advantages may derive from the conformance of the films of the present technology to underlying features without “filling in” or otherwise planarizing such features, and the ability to deposit films on a wide variety of material surfaces.
- an incoming wafer can be prepared with a substrate surface of a desired material, with the uppermost material being the layer into which the resist pattern is transferred. While the material selection may vary depending on integration, it is generally desired to select a material which can be etched with high selectivity to (i.e., much faster than) the EUV resist or imaging layer.
- Suitable substrate materials can include various carbon—based films (e.g., ashable hard mask (AHM), silicon based films (e.g., SiOx, SiOxNy, SiOxCyNz), a-Si:H, poly-Si, or SiN), or any other (generally sacrificial) film applied to facilitate the patterning process.
- the substrate is a hard mask, which is used in lithographic etching of an underlying semiconductor material.
- the hard mask may comprise any of a variety of materials, including amorphous carbon (a-C), SnO x , SiO 2 , SiO x N y , SiO x C, Si 3 N 4 , TiO 2 , TiN, W, W-doped C, WO x , HfO 2 , ZrO 2 , and Al 2 O 3 .
- the substrate may preferably comprise SnO x , such as SnO 2 .
- the layer may be from 1 nm to 100 nm thick, or from 2 nm to 10 nm thick.
- a substrate comprises an underlayer.
- An underlayer may be deposited on a hard mask or other layer and is generally underneath an imaging layer as described herein.
- An underlayer may be used to improve the sensitivity of a PR, increase EUV absorptivity, and/or increase the patterning performance of the PR.
- another important function of the underlayer can be to overcoat and planarize the existing topography so that the subsequent patterning step may be performed on a flat surface with all areas of the pattern in focus.
- the underlayer (or at least one of multiple underlayers) may be applied using spin-coating techniques.
- the underlayer may advantageously be a carbon-based film, applied either by spin-coating or by dry vacuum based deposition processes.
- the layer may include various ashable hard mask (AHM) films with carbon and hydrogen based compositions and may be doped with additional elements such as tungsten, boron, nitrogen, or fluorine.
- AHM ashable hard mask
- the EUV-patternable films are made and deposited on the substrate using vapor deposition equipment and processes among those known in the art.
- the polymerized organometallic material is formed in vapor phase or in situ on the surface of the substrate.
- methods comprise mixing a vapor stream of an organometallic precursor with a vapor stream of a counter-reactant so as to form a polymerized organometallic material, and depositing the organometallic material onto the surface of the semiconductor substrate.
- the mixing and depositing aspects of the process may be concurrent, in a substantially continuous process.
- Methods and apparatus among those useful in such processes are described in Application PCT/US2019/031618, filed May 9, 2019 and Application PCT/US2019/060742, filed Nov. 11, 2019, incorporated by reference herein for its disclosure of the methods and apparatus, in particular various organometallic precursors.
- EUV-sensitive thin films may be deposited on the semiconductor substrate, such films being operable as resists for subsequent EUV lithography and processing.
- EUV-sensitive thin films comprise materials which, upon exposure to EUV, undergo changes, such as the loss of bulky pendant substituents bonded to metal atoms in low density M-OH rich materials, allowing their crosslinking to denser M-O-M bonded metal oxide materials.
- EUV patterning areas of the film are created that have altered physical or chemical properties relative to unexposed areas. These properties may be exploited in subsequent processing, such as to dissolve either unexposed or exposed areas, or to selectively deposit materials on either the exposed or unexposed areas.
- the unexposed film has a more hydrophobic surface than the exposed film under the conditions at which such subsequent processing is performed.
- the removal of material may be performed by leveraging differences in chemical composition, density and cross-linking of the film. Removal may be by wet processing or dry processing, as further described below.
- the thin films are, in various embodiments, organometallic materials, for example organotin materials comprising tin oxide, or other metal oxide materials/moieties.
- organometallic compounds may be made in a vapor phase reaction of an organometallic precursor with a counter reactant.
- the organometallic compounds are formed through mixing specific combinations of organometallic precursors having bulky alkyl groups or fluoroalkyl with counter-reactants and polymerizing the mixture in the vapor phase to produce a low-density, EUV-sensitive material that deposits onto the semiconductor substrate.
- organometallic precursors comprise at least one alkyl group on each metal atom that can survive the vapor-phase reaction, while other ligands or ions coordinated to the metal atom can be replaced by the counter-reactants.
- Organometallic precursors include those of the formula:
- M is a metal with a high EUV absorption cross-section
- R is alkyl, such as C n H 2n+1 , preferably wherein n ⁇ 2
- L is a ligand, ion or other moiety which is reactive with the counter-reactant
- M has an atomic absorption cross section equal to or greater than 1 ⁇ 10 7 cm 2 /mol.
- M may be, for example, selected from the group consisting of tin, hafnium, tellurium, bismuth, indium, antimony, germanium, and combinations thereof.
- M is tin.
- R may be fluorinated, e.g., having the formula C n F X H (2n+1) .
- R has at least one beta-hydrogen or beta-fluorine.
- R may be selected from the group consisting of ethyl, i-propyl, n-propyl, t-butyl, i-butyl, n-butyl, sec- butyl, n-pentyl, i-pentyl, t-pentyl, sec-pentyl, and mixtures thereof.
- L may be any moiety readily displaced by a counter-reactant to generate an M-OH moiety, such as a moiety selected from the group consisting of amines (such as dialkylamino, monoalkylamino), alkoxy, carboxylates, halogens, and mixtures thereof.
- Counter-reactants have the ability to replace the reactive moieties, ligands or ions (e.g., L in Formula 1, above) so as to link at least two metal atoms via chemical bonding.
- Counter-reactants can include water, peroxides (e.g., hydrogen peroxide), di- or polyhydroxy alcohols, fluorinated di- or polyhydroxy alcohols, fluorinated glycols, and other sources of hydroxyl moieties.
- a counter-reactant reacts with the organometallic precursor by forming oxygen bridges between neighboring metal atoms.
- Te-containing precursors may be used counter-reactants with or instead of water to form Te—Sn—Te—Sn cross-links, for example.
- M(OR)x type precursors Bis(trimethylsilyl)Te may be used, for example.
- the thin films may include optional materials in addition to an organometallic precursor and counter-reactants to modify the chemical or physical properties of the film, such as to modify the sensitivity of the film to EUV or enhancing etch resistance.
- optional materials may be introduced, such as by doping during vapor phase formation prior to deposition on the semiconductor substrate, after deposition of the thin film, or both.
- a gentle remote H 2 plasma may be introduced so as to replace some Sn—L bonds with Sn—H, which can increase reactivity of the resist under EUV.
- the EUV-patternable films are made and deposited on the semiconductor substrate using vapor deposition equipment and processes among those known in the art.
- the polymerized organometallic material is formed in vapor phase or in situ on the surface of the semiconductor substrate.
- Suitable processes include, for example, chemical vapor deposition (CVD), atomic layer deposition (ALD), and ALD with a CVD component, such as a discontinuous, ALD-like process in which metal precursors and counter-reactants are separated in either time or space.
- methods comprise mixing a vapor stream of an organometallic precursor with a vapor stream of a counter-reactant so as to form a polymerized organometallic material, and depositing the organometallic material onto the surface of the semiconductor substrate.
- more than one organometallic precursor is included in the vapor stream.
- more than one counter-reactant is included in the vapor stream.
- the mixing and depositing aspects of the process may be concurrent, in a substantially continuous process.
- two or more gas streams, in separate inlet paths, of organometallic precursor and source of counter-reactant are introduced to the deposition chamber of a CVD apparatus, where they mix and react in the gas phase, to form agglomerated polymeric materials (e.g., via metal-oxygen-metal bond formation).
- the streams may be introduced, for example, using separate injection inlets or a dual-plenum showerhead.
- the apparatus is configured so that the streams of organometallic precursor and counter-reactant are mixed in the chamber, allowing the organometallic precursor and counter-reactant to react to form a polymerized organometallic material.
- the product from such vapor-phase reaction becomes heavier in molecular weight as metal atoms are crosslinked by counter-reactants, and is then condensed or otherwise deposited onto the semiconductor substrate.
- the steric hindrance of the bulky alkyl groups prevents the formation of densely packed network and produces smooth, amorphous, low-density films.
- the CVD process is generally conducted at reduced pressures, such as from 10 milliTorr to 10 Torr. In some embodiments, the process is conducted at from 0.5 to 2 Torr. In some embodiments, the temperature of the semiconductor substrate is at or below the temperature of the reactant streams. For example, the substrate temperature may be from 0° C. to 250° C., or from ambient temperature (e.g., 23° C.) to 150° C. In various processes, deposition of the polymerized organometallic material on the substrate occurs at rates inversely proportional to surface temperature.
- the thickness of the EUV-patternable film formed on the surface of the semiconductor substrate may vary according to the surface characteristics, materials used, and processing conditions. In various embodiments, the film thickness may range from 0.5 nm to 100 nm, and may be a sufficient thickness to absorb most of the EUV light under the conditions of EUV patterning.
- the EUV-patternable film may be able to accommodate absorption equal to or greater than 30%, thereby having significantly fewer EUV photons available towards the bottom of the EUV-patternable film. Higher EUV absorption leads to more cross-linking and densification near the top of an EUV-exposed film compared to the bottom of the EUV-exposed film.
- the EUV-patternable film may be less than about 30%.
- the maximum overall absorption of most other resist films are less than 30% (e.g., 10% or less, or 5% or less) so that the resist material at the bottom of the resist film is sufficiently exposed.
- the film thickness is from 5 nm to 40 nm or from 10 nm to 20 nm.
- the processes of the present disclosure have fewer restrictions on the surface adhesion properties of the substrate, and therefore can be applied to a wide variety of substrates.
- the deposited films may closely conform to surface features, providing advantages in forming masks over substrates, such as substrates having underlying features, without “filling in” or otherwise planarizing such features.
- another strategy that can further improve the EUV sensitivity in a PR film is to create a film where the film composition is vertically graded, resulting in depth-dependent EUV sensitivity.
- the decreasing light intensity throughout the film depth necessitates a higher EUV dose to ensure the bottom is sufficiently exposed.
- the strategy of engineering a vertical composition gradient in a PR film is particularly applicable to dry deposition methods such as CVD and ALD and can be realized by tuning the flow ratios between different reactants during deposition.
- the type of composition gradients that can be engineered include: the ratios between different high-absorbing metals, the percentage of metal atoms that have EUV- cleavable bulky groups, the percentages of bulky groups or counter-reactants that contain high-absorbing elements (such as Te, and I), and combinations of the above. Further discussion of vertically graded films is found in Application PCT/US20/70172, filed Jun. 24, 2020, incorporated by reference herein for its disclosure of the methods and apparatus.
- an EUV photoresist film to a substrate, either by conventional wet, e.g., spin-on, processing or dry deposition as described herein, there may be some unintended deposition of resist material on the wafer bevel edge and/or backside.
- This bevel edge and backside deposition can cause downstream processing problems, including contamination of the patterning (scanner) and development tools.
- removal of this bevel edge and backside deposition is done by wet cleaning techniques.
- the current state-of-the-art for cleaning spin-coated metal-organic photoresists is by wet-clean processing.
- An edge bead removal (EBR) is performed on a wet track on both the front and the backside of a wafer.
- a nozzle is positioned over the edge of the wafer on both the frontside and the backside of the wafer, and solvent is dispensed while the wafer is rotating.
- An organic solvent for example: PGME, PGMEA, 2-heptanone
- dHF dilute hydrofluoric acid
- dHCl dilute hydrochloric acid
- SC-1 standard clean 1
- Solvents used in wet-clean processing inherently have issues of high cost for both acquisition and disposal. Such solvents may become hazardous to the environment and present health concerns.
- Wet-clean processing may be limited by uniformity of removal of the EUV resist material on the bevel edge regions. Due to surface tension and vapor concerns, the removal is often wavy and does not result in crisp removal of the EUV resist material at the bevel edge regions. Additionally, backsplashes using organic solvents can generate defects on the frontside of the wafer.
- the wet-clean processing is typically performed in a stand-alone tool/chamber, and so wafers need to be transferred after deposition in between tools/chambers. This can result in contamination of the tools/chambers used in backside and/or bevel edge cleaning.
- Described herein is a cleaning process to clean a backside and/or bevel edge of the semiconductor substrate.
- the backside and/or bevel edge clean may non-selectively etch EUV resist film to equally remove film with various levels of oxidation or crosslinking on the substrate backside and bevel edge.
- EUV-patternable film either by wet deposition processing or dry deposition processing, there may be some unintended deposition of resist material on the substrate bevel edge and/or backside.
- the unintended deposition may lead to undesirable particles later moving to a top surface of the semiconductor substrate and becoming particle defects.
- this bevel edge and backside deposition can cause downstream processing problems, including contamination of the patterning (scanner) and development tools.
- edge bead removal EBR
- soluble organotin oxide-based resists deposited by vapor deposition techniques EBR
- the substrate bevel edge and/or backside clean may also be a dry clean process.
- the dry clean process involves a vapor and/or plasma having one or more of the following gases: HBr, HCl, HI, BCl 3 , SOCl 2 , Cl 2 , BBr 3 , H 2 , O 2 , PCl 3 , CH 4 , methanol, ammonia, formic acid, NF 3 , HF.
- the dry clean process may use the same chemistries as a dry development process described herein.
- the bevel edge and backside clean may use hydrogen halide development chemistry.
- the vapor and/or the plasma has to be limited to a specific region of the substrate to ensure that only the backside and the bevel are removed, without any film degradation on a frontside of the substrate.
- Process conditions may be optimized for bevel edge and backside clean. In some embodiments, higher temperature, higher pressure, and/or higher reactant flow may lead to increased etch rate. Suitable process conditions for a dry bevel edge and backside clean may be: reactant flow of 100-10000 sccm (e.g., 500 sccm HCl, HBr, HI, or H 2 and Cl 2 or Br 2 , BCl 3 or H 2 ), temperature of 20 to 140° C.
- sccm e.g., 500 sccm HCl, HBr, HI, or H 2 and Cl 2 or Br 2 , BCl 3 or H 2
- the dry-cleaning operation may alternatively be extended to a full photoresist removal or photoresist “rework” in which an applied EUV photoresist is removed and the semiconductor substrate prepared for photoresist reapplication, such as when the original photoresist is damaged or otherwise defective.
- Photoresist rework should be accomplished without damaging the underlying semiconductor substrate, so an oxygen-based etch should be avoided. Instead, variants of halide-containing chemistries as described herein may be used. It will be understood that the photoresist rework operation may be applied at any stage during the process 100 .
- the photoresist rework operation may be applied after photoresist deposition, after bevel edge and backside clean, after PAB treatment, after EUV exposure, after PEB treatment, or after development.
- the photoresist rework may be performed for non-selective removal of exposed and unexposed regions of the photoresist but selective to an underlayer.
- the photoresist rework process involves a vapor and/or plasma having one or more of the following gases: HBr, HCl, HI, BCl 3 , Cl 2 , BBr 3 , H 2 , PCl 3 , CH 4 , methanol, ammonia, formic acid, NF 3 , HF.
- the photoresist rework process may use the same chemistries as a dry development process described herein.
- the photoresist rework may use hydrogen halide development chemistry.
- Process conditions may be optimized for the photoresist rework. In some embodiments, higher temperature, higher pressure, and/or higher reactant flow may lead to increased etch rate. Suitable process conditions for a photoresist rework may be: reactant flow of 100-500 sccm (e.g., 500 sccm HCl, HBr, HI, BCl 3 or H 2 and Cl 2 or Br 2 ), temperature of 20 to 140° C.
- sccm e.g., 500 sccm HCl, HBr, HI, BCl 3 or H 2 and Cl 2 or Br 2
- Photolithography processes typically involve one or more bake steps, to facilitate the chemical reactions required to produce chemical contrast between exposed and unexposed areas of the photoresist.
- bake steps are typically performed on tracks where the wafers are baked on a hot-plate at a pre-set temperature under ambient-air or in some cases N 2 flow. More careful control of the bake ambient as well as introduction of additional reactive gas component in the ambient during these bake steps can help further reduce the dose requirement and/or improve pattern fidelity.
- one or more post treatments to metal and/or metal oxide-based photoresists after deposition e.g., post-application bake (PAB)
- PAB post-application bake
- PEB post-exposure bake
- DtS dose to size
- PEB post-exposure bake
- the PAB treatment may involve a combination of thermal treatment, chemical exposure, and moisture to increase the EUV sensitivity of the EUV-patternable film, reducing the EUV dose to develop a pattern in the EUV-patternable film.
- the PAB treatment temperature may be tuned and optimized for increasing the sensitivity of the EUV-patternable film.
- the treatment temperature may be between about 90° C. and about 200° C. or between about 150° C. and about 190° C.
- the PAB treatment may be conducted with a pressure between atmospheric and vacuum, and a treatment duration of about 1 to 15 minutes, for example about 2 minutes.
- the PAB treatment is conducted at a temperature between about 100° C. to 200° C. for about 1 minute to 2 minutes.
- the metal-containing EUV resist film is exposed to EUV radiation to develop a pattern.
- the EUV exposure causes a change in the chemical composition and cross-linking in the metal-containing EUV resist film, creating a contrast in etch selectivity that can be exploited for subsequent development.
- the metal-containing EUV resist film may then be patterned by exposing a region of the film to EUV light, typically under relatively high vacuum.
- EUV devices and imaging methods among those useful herein include methods known in the art.
- exposed areas of the film are created through EUV patterning that have altered physical or chemical properties relative to unexposed areas. For example, in exposed areas, metal-carbon bond cleavage may occur, as through a beta-hydride elimination, leaving behind reactive and accessible metal hydride functionality that can be converted to hydroxide and cross-linked metal oxide moieties via metal-oxygen bridges during a subsequent post-exposure bake (PEB) step. This process can be used to create chemical contrast for development as a negative tone resist.
- PEB post-exposure bake
- the metal-containing EUV resist film may be baked, so as to cause additional cross-linking of the metal oxide film.
- the difference in properties between exposed and unexposed areas may be exploited in subsequent processing, such as to dissolve unexposed areas or to deposit materials on the exposed areas.
- the pattern can be developed using a dry method to form a metal oxide-containing mask.
- the hydrocarbyl-terminated tin oxide present on the surface is converted to hydrogen-terminated tin oxide in the exposed region(s) of an imaging layer, particularly when the exposure is performed in a vacuum using EUV.
- removing exposed imaging layers from vacuum into air, or the controlled introduction of oxygen, ozone, H 2 O 2 , or water can result in the oxidation of surface Sn—H into Sn—OH.
- the difference in properties between exposed and unexposed regions may be exploited in subsequent processing, such as by reacting the irradiated region, the unirradiated region, or both, with one or more reagents to selectively add material to or remove material from the imaging layer.
- EUV exposure for example, at doses of from 10 mJ/cm 2 to 100 mJ/cm 2 results in the cleavage of Sn—C bonds resulting is loss of the alkyl substituent, alleviating steric hindrance and allowing the low-density film to collapse.
- reactive metal-H bond generated in the beta-hydride elimination reactions can react with neighboring active groups such as hydroxyls in the film, leading to further cross-linking and densification, and creating chemical contrast between exposed and unexposed region(s).
- the photopatterned metal-containing EUV resist includes EUV-exposed and unexposed regions.
- a post-exposure bake is performed to further increase contrast in etch selectivity of the photopatterned metal-containing EUV resist.
- the photopatterned metal-containing EUV resist can be thermally treated in the presence of various chemical species to facilitate cross-linking of the EUV-exposed regions or simply baked on a hot plate in ambient air, for example between 150° C. and 250° C. for between one and five minutes (e.g., 190° C. for two minutes).
- a bake strategy involves careful control of the bake ambient, introduction of reactive gases, and/or careful control of the ramping rate of the bake temperature.
- useful reactive gases include e.g., air, H 2 O, H 2 O 2 vapor, CO 2 , CO, O 2 , O 3 , CH 4 , CH 3 OH, N 2 , H 2 , NH 3 , N 2 O, NO, alcohol, acetyl acetone, formic acid, Ar, He, or their mixtures.
- the PEB treatment is designed to (1) drive complete evaporation of organic fragments that are generated during EUV exposure and (2) oxidize any Sn—H, Sn—Sn, or Sn radical species generated by EUV exposure into metal hydroxide, and (3) facilitate cross-linking between neighboring Sn—OH groups to form a more densely crosslinked SnO 2 -like network.
- the bake temperature is carefully selected to achieve optimal EUV lithographic performance. Too low a PEB temperature would lead to insufficient cross-linking, and consequently less chemical contrast for development at a given dose.
- the PEB treatment temperature may be between about 100° C. and about 300° C., between about 170° C. and about 290° C., or between about 200° C. and about 240° C.
- the PEB treatment may be conducted with a pressure between atmospheric and vacuum, and a treatment duration of about 1 to 15 minutes, for example about 2 minutes.
- PEB thermal treatment may be repeated to further increase etch selectivity.
- the ramping rate of the bake temperature in either PAB or PEB treatments is another useful process parameter that can be manipulated to fine-tune the cross-linking/etch selectivity results.
- the PAB and PEB thermal process can be done in either a single operation or multiple operations using different process conditions such as ambient gases or mixtures, temperatures, pressures, etc. for each operation, to modulate the PR properties and therefore to tune different etch selectivity.
- either or both of the post-application and past-exposure treatments may involve a remote plasma process, together with or instead or thermal processing, to generate radicals for to react with the metal-containing photoresist to modify its material properties.
- the radicals may be generated from the same or different gas species.
- treating the metal-containing photoresist to modify material properties of the metal-containing photoresist both precedes and follows exposing the metal-containing photoresist to EUV lithography (e.g., PAB and PEB).
- EUV lithography e.g., PAB and PEB
- PAB and PEB operations are found in U.S. Patent Application 62/970,020, filed Feb. 4, 2020, and Application PCT/US20/70171, filed Jun. 24, 2020, incorporated by reference herein for all purposes.
- EUV lithography can extend lithographic technology beyond its optical limits by moving to smaller imaging source wavelengths achievable with current photolithography methods to pattern small critical dimension features.
- EUV light sources at approximately 13.5 nm wavelength can be used for leading-edge lithography tools, also referred to as scanners.
- the EUV radiation is strongly absorbed in a wide range of solid and fluid materials including quartz and water vapor, and so operates in a vacuum.
- the present technology also provides methods wherein the imaging layer is patterned by exposing a region of the imaging layer to irradiation, such as EUV, DUV or e-beam.
- irradiation such as EUV, DUV or e-beam.
- the radiation is focused on one or more regions of the imaging layer.
- the exposure is typically performed such that imaging layer film comprises one or more regions that are not exposed to the radiation.
- the resulting imaging layer may comprise a plurality of exposed and unexposed regions, creating a pattern consistent with the creation of transistor or other features of a semiconductor device, formed by addition or removal of material from the substrate in subsequent processing of the substrate.
- EUV, DUV and e-beam radiation methods and equipment among useful herein include methods and equipment known in the art.
- a vacuum-integrated metal hardmask process and related vacuum-integrated hardware that combines film formation (deposition/condensation) and optical lithography with the result of greatly improved EUV lithography (EUVL) performance—e.g. reduced line edge roughness—is disclosed herein.
- EUVL EUV lithography
- a deposition (e.g., condensation) process e.g., ALD or MOCVD carried out in a PECVD tool, such as the Lam Vector®
- a metal-containing film such as a photosensitive metal salt or metal-containing organic compound (organometallic compound)
- a strong absorption in the EUV e.g., at wavelengths on the order of 10-20 nm
- This film photo-decomposes upon EUV exposure and forms a metal mask that is the pattern transfer layer during subsequent etching (e.g., in a conductor etch tool, such as the Lam 2300 ® Kiyo®).
- the EUV-patternable thin film is patterned by exposure to a beam of EUV light, typically under relatively high vacuum.
- the metal-containing film can then be deposited in a chamber integrated with a lithography platform (e.g., a wafer stepper such as the TWINSCAN NXE: 3300B® platform supplied by ASML of Veldhoven, NL) and transferred under vacuum so as not to react before exposure. Integration with the lithography tool is facilitated by the fact that EUVL also requires a greatly reduced pressure given the strong optical absorption of the incident photons by ambient gases such as H 2 O, O 2 , etc.
- the photosensitive metal film deposition and EUV exposure may be conducted in the same chamber.
- areas of the film are created through EUV patterning that have altered physical or chemical properties relative to unexposed areas.
- metal-carbon bond cleavage may occur via beta-hydride elimination, leaving behind reactive and accessible metal hydride functionality that can be converted to hydroxide and cross-linked metal oxide moieties via metal-oxygen bridges, which can be used to create chemical contrast either as a negative tone resist or as a template for hard mask.
- a greater number of beta-H in the alkyl group results in a more sensitive film.
- the film may be baked, so as to cause additional cross-linking of the metal oxide film.
- EUV exposure for example, at doses of from 10 mJ/cm 2 to 100 mJ/cm 2 , may alleviate steric hindrance and provide space for the low-density film to collapse.
- reactive metal-H bond generated in the beta-hydride elimination reactions can react with neighboring active groups such as hydroxyls in the film, leading to further cross-linking and densification, and creating chemical contrast between exposed and unexposed area.
- the vacuum-integration of film deposition and lithography processes and apparatus described herein provides EUV-sensitive metal film deposition and subsequently patterning directly by direct EUV exposure in a vacuum ambient to prevent their decomposition or degradation.
- EUVL is done in a vacuum to avoid degradation of the incident 13 . 5 nm light flux by optical absorption of ambient gases.
- Vacuum operation of the EUV system opens up the possibility of using compounds that are oxygen and moisture sensitive; vacuum integration of the deposition system with the EUV system in an apparatus enables use of these materials.
- Photo decomposition of a metal precursor creates a non-linear reaction where the photo decomposition is enhanced by the increased adsorption of the metal film.
- Metals are better at thermalization of high energy secondary electrons than photoresist, thereby improving contrast or LER.
- Using metal film directly as masks or with pattern amplification allows much thinner films and reduce required exposure times.
- Metal films make better hardmasks for etch and decrease the thickness required from a mask perspective.
- further development and optimization of materials compatible with the EUV vacuum and optics, organometalic precursors with appropriate dose thresholds for metal deposition, and nucleation films with multiple photo decomposition events to eliminate a nucleation site in a given space may proceed in accordance with the processes described herein.
- photolithography processes typically involve one or more bake steps to facilitate the chemical reactions required to produce chemical contrast between exposed and unexposed areas of the photoresist.
- Baking may be performed after depositing an imaging layer/before EUV exposure (e.g., post-application bake (PAB)) and/or exposure to EUV (e.g., post-exposure bake (PEB)).
- PAB post-application bake
- PEB post-exposure bake
- a bake strategy involves careful control of the bake ambient, introduction of reactive gases, and/or careful control of the ramping rate of the bake temperature.
- the PEB strategies discussed above may be used. Such strategies can be particularly useful for metal oxide based EUV photoresist (PR).
- the spin-on metal oxide resist materials typically experience two bake steps: one after the application of the resist to evaporate any residual solvent absorbed in the film, and another after EUV exposure.
- the second bake commonly referred to as PEB, is designed for multiple purposes: 1) to drive complete evaporation of the organic fragments that are generated during EUV exposure; 2) to oxidize the metal hydride species (the other product from the beta-H elimination reaction during EUV exposure) into metal hydroxide; and 3) to facilitate the cross-linking between neighboring —OH groups and form a cross-linked metal oxide network.
- the bake temperature is carefully selected to achieve optimal EUV lithographic performance.
- Too low a PEB temperature would lead to incomplete removal of organic fragments as well as insufficient cross-linking, and consequently less chemical contrast for development at a given dose. Too high a PEB temperature would also have detrimental impacts, including severe oxidation and film shrinkage in the unexposed area (the area that is removed by development of the patterned film to form the mask in this example), as well as, undesired interdiffusion at the interface between PR and an underlayer, both of which will contribute to loss of chemical contrasts and an increase in defect density due to insoluble scum. Having the bake temperature and bake time as the only knobs, the tunability and process window is often very limited.
- the selectivity between exposed and unexposed regions of the imaging layer is exploited by dry development, wet development, or area-selective ALD.
- dry or wet development processes may remove the unexposed regions and leave the exposed regions.
- the subsequent processing of the imaging layer, following EUV exposure will depend on the substrate materials and the desired features of the semiconducting device made using the substrate. For example, features may be created on the substrate by various lithographic techniques, such as films which become selectively soluble in dry or liquid developers in either exposed (positive tone) or unexposed (negative tone) areas defined by a patterned exposure tool.
- Dry development can improve performance (e.g., prevent line collapse due to surface tension in wet development) and enhance throughput (e.g., by avoiding the need for a wet development track).
- Other advantages of dry development and/or all-dry processing may include eliminating the use of organic solvent developers, reduced sensitivity to adhesion issues, increased EUV absorption for improved dose efficiency, and a lack of solubility-based limitations.
- exposed areas of a film are created through EUV patterning that have altered physical or chemical properties relative to unexposed areas.
- metal-carbon bond cleavage may occur via beta-hydride elimination, leaving behind reactive and accessible metal hydride functionality that can be converted to hydroxide and cross-linked metal oxide moieties via metal-oxygen bridges, which can be used to create chemical contrast either as a negative tone resist or as a template for hard mask.
- a greater number of beta-H in the alkyl group results in a more sensitive film.
- the film may be baked, so as to cause additional cross-linking of the metal oxide film.
- the difference in properties between exposed and unexposed areas may be exploited in subsequent processing, such as to dissolve unexposed areas or to deposit materials on the exposed areas.
- the pattern can be developed using a dry method to form a metal oxide-containing mask. Methods and apparatus among those useful in such processes are described in Application PCT/US2019/067540, filed Dec. 19, 2019, Application PCT/US20/39615, filed Jun. 25, 2020, and U.S. Pat. App. No. 62/912,330, filed Oct. 8, 2019 incorporated by reference herein for its disclosure of the methods and apparatus.
- the photopatterned metal-containing EUV resist is exposed to development chemistry at a temperature that is optimized for etch selectivity between exposed and unexposed regions.
- a temperature may be between about ⁇ 60° C. and about 120° C., between about ⁇ 20° C. and about 60° C., or between about ⁇ 20° C. and about 20° C., such as about ⁇ 10° C.
- Chamber pressure may be tuned, where chamber pressure may influence etch selectivity between exposed and unexposed regions during development.
- the chamber pressure may be relatively low and accompanied without dilution, where the chamber pressure may be between about 0.1 mTorr and about 300 mTorr, between about 0.2 mTorr and about 100 mTorr, or between about 0.5 mTorr and about 50 mTorr. In some embodiments, the chamber pressure may be between about 20 mTorr and about 800 mTorr, or between about 20 mTorr and about 500 mTorr, such as about 300 mTorr. In some embodiments, the chamber pressure may be relatively high with high flow and accompanied by dilution, where the chamber pressure may be between about 100 Torr and about 760 Torr or between about 200 Torr and about 760 Torr.
- Reactant flow rate may be tuned, where reactant flow may influence etch selectivity between exposed and unexposed regions during development.
- reactant flow may be between about 50 sccm and about 2000 sccm, between about 100 sccm and about 2000 sccm, or between about 100 sccm and about 1000 sccm, such as about 500 sccm. In instances with high flow, reactant flow may be between about 1 L and about 10 L.
- Duration of exposure may be tuned in the thermal development process. The duration of exposure may depend on how much resist is desired to be removed, development chemistry, amount of crosslinking in the resist, and composition and properties of the resist, among other factors. In some embodiments, duration of exposure may be between about 5 seconds and about 5 minutes, between about 10 seconds and about 3 minutes, or between about 10 seconds and about 1 minute.
- the development chemistry includes a hydrogen halide, hydrogen and halogen gas, boron trichloride, an organic halide, an acyl halide, a carbonyl halide, a thionyl halide, or mixtures thereof.
- a hydrogen halide can include but is not limited to HF, HCl, HBr, and HI.
- the hydrogen halide can be HCl or HBr.
- Hydrogen and halogen gas can include but is not limited to hydrogen gas (H 2 ) mixed with F 2 , Cl 2 , Br 2 , or I 2 .
- Boron trichloride may be used in combination with any of the aforementioned hydrogen halides or hydrogen and halogen gases.
- An organic halide can include but is not limited to C x H y F z , C x H y Cl z , C x H y Br z , and C X H y I z , where x, y, and z are values equal to or greater than 0.
- An acyl halide can include but is not limited to CH 3 COF, CH 3 COCl, CH 3 COBr, and CH 3 COI.
- a carbonyl halide can include but is not limited to COF 2 , COCl 2 , COBr 2 , and COI 2 .
- a thionyl halide can include but is not limited to SOF 2 , SOCl 2 , SoBr 2 , and SOI 2 .
- the halide-containing chemistry may be flowed with or without inert/carrier gas such as He, Ne, Ar, Xe, and N 2 .
- the thermal development process may be done without plasma. By applying a non-plasma thermal approach, productivity can be significantly improved as multiple wafers can be batch developed, at the same time in a low-cost thermal vacuum chamber/oven. However, in some embodiments, the thermal development process may be followed by exposure to plasma. Subsequent exposure to plasma may occur for desorption, descumming, smoothing, or other processing operations.
- the photopatterned metal-containing EUV resist is exposed to development chemistry including radicals/ions of one or more gases.
- a process chamber for processing the semiconductor substrate may be a plasma-generating chamber or coupled to a plasma-generating chamber remote from the process chamber. Dry development may occur by remote plasma in some embodiments.
- the plasma-generating chamber may be an inductively-coupled plasma (ICP) reactor, transformer-coupled plasma (TCP) reactor, or capacitively-coupled plasma (CCP) reactor, employing equipment and techniques among those known in the art.
- ICP inductively-coupled plasma
- TCP transformer-coupled plasma
- CCP capacitively-coupled plasma
- An electromagnetic field acts on the one or more gases to produce a plasma in the plasma-generating chamber. Ions and/or radicals from the remote plasma may interact with the photopatterned metal-containing EUV resist.
- a vacuum line is coupled to the process chamber for pressure control, and a development chemistry line may be coupled to the plasma-generating chamber for delivery of the one or more gases into the plasma-generating chamber.
- the process chamber may include one or more heaters for temperature control, such as heaters coupled to a substrate support in the process chamber for substrate temperature control.
- the process chamber interior can be coated with corrosion resistant films, such as organic polymers or inorganic coatings.
- PTFE polytetrafluoroethylene
- Teflon 1M Such materials can be used in thermal processes of this disclosure without risk of removal by plasma exposure.
- the photopatterned metal-containing EUV resist is exposed to remote plasma under conditions that are optimized for etch selectivity between exposed and unexposed regions.
- the conditions may be optimized for generating a gentle plasma, where a gentle plasma can be characterized by high pressure and low power.
- Chamber pressure may be tuned, where chamber pressure may influence etch selectivity between exposed and unexposed regions during development.
- the chamber pressure may be equal to or greater than about 5 mTorr, or equal to or greater than about 15 mTorr.
- the chamber pressure may be relatively high with high flow and accompanied by dilution, where the chamber pressure may be between about 100 Torr and about 760 Torr or between about 200 Torr and about 760 Torr.
- RF power levels may be tuned, where RF power may affect etch selectivity, roughness, descumming, and other characteristics of development.
- the RF power may be equal to or less than about 1000 W, equal to or less than about 800 W, or equal to or less than about 500 W.
- Temperature may be tuned, where temperature may influence various aspects of development such as etch selectivity.
- a temperature may be between about ⁇ 60° C. and about 300° C., between about 0° C. and about 300° C., or between about 30° C. and about 120° C.
- Gas flow rate may be tuned, where gas flow may influence etch selectivity between exposed and unexposed regions during development.
- gas flow rate is between about 50 sccm and about 2000 sccm, between about 100 sccm and about 2000 sccm, or between about 200 sccm and about 1000 sccm, such as about 500 sccm.
- Duration of exposure may be tuned in the plasma development process. The duration of exposure may depend on how much resist is desired to be removed, development chemistry, amount of crosslinking in the resist, and composition and properties of the resist, among other factors. In some embodiments, duration of exposure may be between about 1 second and about 50 minutes, between about 3 seconds and about 20 minutes, or between about 10 seconds and about 6 minutes.
- Plasma development processes may expose the photopatterned metal-containing EUV resist to radicals of certain halide-containing gases.
- the radicals are generated from a remote plasma source.
- the plasma development may expose the photopatterned metal-containing EUV resist to radicals of hydrogen and halide gases generated from the remote plasma source.
- a halide-containing gas includes a hydrogen halide, hydrogen and halogen gas, boron trichloride, an organic halide, an acyl halide, a carbonyl halide, a thionyl halide, or mixtures thereof.
- a hydrogen halide can include but is not limited to hydrogen fluoride (HF), hydrogen chloride (HC 1 ), hydrogen bromide (HBr), and hydrogen iodide (HI).
- the hydrogen halide may be HCl or HBr.
- Hydrogen and halogen gas can include but is not limited to hydrogen gas (H 2 ) mixed with fluorine gas (F 2 ), chlorine gas (Cl 2 ), bromine gas (Br 2 ), or iodine gas (I 2 ).
- An organic halide can include but is not limited to C x H y F z , C x H y Cl z , C x H y Br z , and C x H y I z , where x, y, and z are values equal to or greater than 0.
- An acyl halide can include but is not limited to CH 3 COF, CH 3 COCl, CH 3 COBr, and CH 3 COI.
- a carbonyl halide can include but is not limited to COF 2 , COCl 2 , COBr 2 , and COI 2 .
- a thionyl halide can include but is not limited to SOF 2 , SOCl 2 , SoBr 2 , and SOI 2 .
- the halide-containing gas may be flowed with or without inert/carrier gas such as He, Ne, Ar, Xe, and N 2 .
- scum material in the open portions of the unexposed, for example, regions of the EUV resist after development, most likely with high metal concentrations, like clusters
- roughness the same composition, but on the sidewalls of the etched features in the developed pattern.
- reactant flow may be between about 50 sccm and about 1000 sccm or between about 100 sccm and about 500 sccm, such as about 500 sccm He.
- a temperature may be between about ⁇ 60° C. and about 120° C., between about ⁇ 20° C. and about 60° C., or between about 20° C. and about 40° C., such as about 20° C.
- chamber pressure may be between about 1 mTorr and about 300 mTorr, between about 5 mTorr and about 100 mTorr, between about 5 mTorr and about 20 mTorr, such as about 10 mTorr.
- the plasma power may be relatively low with high ion energy. In some embodiments, plasma power may be between about 50 W and about 1000 W, between about 100 W and about 500 W, or between about 100 W and about 300 W, such as about 300 W.
- the wafer bias is between about 10 V and about 500 V, between about 50 V and about 300 V, such as about 200 V.
- the plasma may be generated using a high RF frequency. In some embodiments, the RF frequency is 13.56 MHz.
- the duration of exposure to inert gas plasma may be relatively short so as to avoid excess exposure to UV radiation during plasma exposure. In some embodiments, the duration of exposure is between about 0.5 seconds and about 5 seconds, between about 1 second and about 3 seconds, such as about 2 seconds.
- the He desorption descum and cleaning of the unexposed resist residue can have the collateral benefit of curing the exposed resist to harden it thereby enhancing its hard mask function in subsequent operations to etch the underlying substrate.
- This resist hardening is achieved by exposure of the EUV exposed resist to UV radiation generated by the He plasma, which may be continued after the descum/smoothing is complete with the bias turned off.
- the He plasma curing may alternatively be performed if no descum/smoothing is needed or performed.
- the He plasma descum/smoothing may be cycled with dry development, as described above, for enhanced results.
- dry development most of the organic component of the unexposed, for example, region of the pattern is removed by the dry development, then a short He plasma operation can remove some of the concentrated metal at the surface, opening up access to the remaining underlying organic material, that can then be removed in a subsequent dry development operation/cycle.
- Another cycle of He plasma may be used to remove any remaining metal to leave a clean and smooth feature surface. The cycling can be continued until all or substantially all the scum and roughness residue is removed to leave a clean and smooth feature surface.
- He desorption descum and smoothing may be used with a wet development process.
- Wet development has very high selectivity and has been shown to exhibit clear on/off behavior, resulting in inability of a wet development process to remove areas that were mistakenly partially or fully exposed. The remaining residues are then left after the wet development process, resulting in scumming and high line edge and width roughness.
- knobs e.g., time, temperature, pressure, gas/flow
- a chamber as shown in Figures #AW and #AX below incorporates a number of elements to enable the dry deposition of EUV resist, including a four-zone electrostatic chuck to deliver temperature control of the wafer substrate to +/ ⁇ 0.5 C, and a four precursor vapor delivery system plumbed to a dual plenum gas distribution plate.
- the chamber, gas distribution plate and related delivery plumbing are all heated to prevent the condensation of any of the precursors.
- a gas box is also incorporated to deliver the needed gas constituents to the chamber.
- the ESC is RF-powered to enhance the cleaning capability of the chamber.
- the gate valve and all interior chamber components are heated to prevent or minimize the deposition other than on the wafer surface.
- a gas exclusion ring is used around the periphery of the wafer to prevent deposition on the backside and on the top edge bevel.
- a dual plenum fractal (DPF) showerhead may be used during operations described herein.
- the dual-plenum fractal showerheads discussed herein may be configured to evenly distribute processing gases to a processing volume located above a semiconductor wafer in a semiconductor processing chamber. This may help promote more uniform wafer processing, as the entire wafer surface will generally be simultaneously exposed to such a process gas, as opposed to, for example, a showerhead where process gas flows out of the center of the showerhead for some time before flowing out of the periphery of the showerhead. Further details of a DPF showerhead are described in U.S. Pat. App. No. 62/914,616, titled DUAL PLENUM SHOWERHEAD, the disclosure of which is incorporated herein at least relating to configuration of a process chamber.
- FIG. 4 depicts a schematic illustration of an embodiment of process station 400 having a process chamber body 402 for maintaining a low-pressure environment that is suitable for implementation of described dry development, clean, rework, descum and smoothing embodiments.
- a plurality of process stations 400 may be included in a common low pressure process tool environment.
- FIG. 5 depicts an embodiment of a multi-station processing tool 500 , such as a VECTOR® processing tool available from Lam Research Corporation, Fremont, Calif..
- one or more hardware parameters of the process station 400 including those discussed in detail below may be adjusted programmatically by one or more computer controllers 450 .
- a process station may be configured as a module in a cluster tool.
- FIG. 7 depicts a semiconductor process cluster tool architecture with vacuum-integrated deposition and patterning modules suitable for implementation of the embodiments described herein.
- Such a cluster process tool architecture can include resist deposition, resist exposure (EUV scanner), resist dry development and etch modules, as described above and further below with reference to FIGS. 6 and 7 .
- certain of the processing functions can be performed consecutively in the same module, for example dry development and etch.
- Embodiments of this disclosure are directed to methods and apparatus for receiving a wafer, including a photopatterned EUV resist thin film layer disposed on a layer or layer stack to be etched, to a dry development/etch chamber following photopatterning in an EUV scanner; dry developing photopatterned EUV resist thin film layer; and then etching the underlying layer using the patterned EUV resist as a mask, as described herein.
- process station 400 fluidly communicates with reactant delivery system 401 a for delivering process gases to a distribution showerhead 406 .
- Reactant delivery system 401 a optionally includes a mixing vessel 404 for blending and/or conditioning process gases, for delivery to showerhead 406 .
- One or more mixing vessel inlet valves 420 may control introduction of process gases to mixing vessel 404 .
- plasma may also be delivered to the showerhead 406 or may be generated in the process station 400 .
- non-plasma thermal exposure is favored.
- FIG. 4 includes an optional vaporization point 403 for vaporizing liquid reactant to be supplied to the mixing vessel 404 .
- a liquid flow controller (LFC) upstream of vaporization point 403 may be provided for controlling a mass flow of liquid for vaporization and delivery to process station 400 .
- the LFC may include a thermal mass flow meter (MFM) located downstream of the LFC.
- MFM thermal mass flow meter
- a plunger valve of the LFC may then be adjusted responsive to feedback control signals provided by a proportional-integral-derivative (PID) controller in electrical communication with the MFM.
- PID proportional-integral-derivative
- showerhead 406 distributes process gases toward substrate 412 .
- the substrate 412 is located beneath showerhead 406 and is shown resting on a pedestal 408 .
- showerhead 406 may have any suitable shape, and may have any suitable number and arrangement of ports for distributing process gases to substrate 412 .
- pedestal 408 may be raised or lowered to expose substrate 412 to a volume between the substrate 412 and the showerhead 406 . It will be appreciated that, in some embodiments, pedestal height may be adjusted programmatically by a suitable computer controller 450 .
- pedestal 408 may be temperature controlled via heater 410 .
- the pedestal 408 may be heated to a temperature of greater than 0° C. and up to 300° C. or more, for example 50 to 120° C., such as about 65 to 80° C., during non-plasma thermal exposure of a photopatterned resist to dry development chemistry, such as HBr, HCl, or BCl 3 , as described in disclosed embodiments.
- pressure control for process station 400 may be provided by a butterfly valve 418 .
- butterfly valve 418 throttles a vacuum provided by a downstream vacuum pump (not shown).
- pressure control of process station 400 may also be adjusted by varying a flow rate of one or more gases introduced to the process station 400 .
- a position of showerhead 406 may be adjusted relative to pedestal 408 to vary a volume between the substrate 412 and the showerhead 406 .
- a vertical position of pedestal 408 and/or showerhead 406 may be varied by any suitable mechanism within the scope of the present disclosure.
- pedestal 408 may include a rotational axis for rotating an orientation of substrate 412 . It will be appreciated that, in some embodiments, one or more of these example adjustments may be performed programmatically by one or more suitable computer controllers 450 .
- showerhead 406 and pedestal 408 electrically communicate with a radio frequency (RF) power supply 414 and matching network 416 for powering a plasma.
- RF radio frequency
- the plasma energy may be controlled by controlling one or more of a process station pressure, a gas concentration, an RF source power, an RF source frequency, and a plasma power pulse timing.
- RF power supply 414 and matching network 416 may be operated at any suitable power to form a plasma having a desired composition of radical species. Examples of suitable powers are up to about 500W.
- instructions for a controller 450 may be provided via input/output control (IOC) sequencing instructions.
- the instructions for setting conditions for a process phase may be included in a corresponding recipe phase of a process recipe.
- process recipe phases may be sequentially arranged, so that all instructions for a process phase are executed concurrently with that process phase.
- instructions for setting one or more reactor parameters may be included in a recipe phase.
- a recipe phase may include instructions for setting a flow rate of a dry development chemistry reactant gas, such as HBr or HCl, and time delay instructions for the recipe phase.
- the controller 450 may include any of the features described below with respect to system controller 550 of FIG. 5 .
- FIG. 5 shows a schematic view of an embodiment of a multi-station processing tool 500 with an inbound load lock 502 and an outbound load lock 504 , either or both of which may include a remote plasma source.
- a robot 506 at atmospheric pressure is configured to move wafers from a cassette loaded through a pod 508 into inbound load lock 502 via an atmospheric port 510 .
- a wafer is placed by the robot 506 on a pedestal 512 in the inbound load lock 502 , the atmospheric port 510 is closed, and the load lock is pumped down.
- the wafer may be exposed to a remote plasma treatment to treat the silicon nitride surface in the load lock prior to being introduced into a processing chamber 514 . Further, the wafer also may be heated in the inbound load lock 502 as well, for example, to remove moisture and adsorbed gases. Next, a chamber transport port 516 to processing chamber 514 is opened, and another robot (not shown) places the wafer into the reactor on a pedestal of a first station shown in the reactor for processing. While the embodiment depicted in FIG. 5 includes load locks, it will be appreciated that, in some embodiments, direct entry of a wafer into a process station may be provided.
- the depicted processing chamber 514 includes four process stations, numbered from 1 to 4 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 5 .
- Each station has a heated pedestal (shown at 518 for station 1 ), and gas line inlets.
- each process station may have different or multiple purposes.
- a process station may be switchable between dry development and etch process modes.
- processing chamber 514 may include one or more matched pairs of dry development and etch process stations. While the depicted processing chamber 514 includes four stations, it will be understood that a processing chamber according to the present disclosure may have any suitable number of stations.
- a processing chamber may have five or more stations, while in other embodiments a processing chamber may have three or fewer stations.
- FIG. 5 depicts an embodiment of a wafer handling system 590 for transferring wafers within processing chamber 514 .
- wafer handling system 590 may transfer wafers between various process stations and/or between a process station and a load lock. It will be appreciated that any suitable wafer handling system may be employed. Non-limiting examples include wafer carousels and wafer handling robots.
- FIG. 5 also depicts an embodiment of a system controller 550 employed to control process conditions and hardware states of process tool 500 .
- System controller 550 may include one or more memory devices 556 , one or more mass storage devices 554 , and one or more processors 552 .
- Processor 552 may include a CPU or computer, analog, and/or digital input/output connections, stepper motor controller boards, etc.
- system controller 550 controls all of the activities of process tool 500 .
- System controller 550 executes system control software 558 stored in mass storage device 554 , loaded into memory device 556 , and executed on processor 552 .
- the control logic may be hard coded in the controller 550 .
- Applications Specific Integrated Circuits, Programmable Logic Devices e.g., field-programmable gate arrays, or FPGAs
- FPGAs field-programmable gate arrays
- System control software 558 may include instructions for controlling the timing, mixture of gases, gas flow rates, chamber and/or station pressure, chamber and/or station temperature, wafer temperature, target power levels, RF power levels, substrate pedestal, chuck and/or susceptor position, and other parameters of a particular process performed by process tool 500 .
- System control software 558 may be configured in any suitable way. For example, various process tool component subroutines or control objects may be written to control operation of the process tool components used to carry out various process tool processes.
- System control software 558 may be coded in any suitable computer readable programming language.
- system control software 558 may include input/output control (IOC) sequencing instructions for controlling the various parameters described above.
- IOC input/output control
- Other computer software and/or programs stored on mass storage device 554 and/or memory device 556 associated with system controller 550 may be employed in some embodiments. Examples of programs or sections of programs for this purpose include a substrate positioning program, a process gas control program, a pressure control program, a heater control program, and a plasma control program.
- a substrate positioning program may include program code for process tool components that are used to load the substrate onto pedestal 518 and to control the spacing between the substrate and other parts of process tool 500 .
- a process gas control program may include code for controlling various gas compositions (e.g., HBr or HCl gas as described herein) and flow rates and optionally for flowing gas into one or more process stations prior to deposition in order to stabilize the pressure in the process station.
- a pressure control program may include code for controlling the pressure in the process station by regulating, for example, a throttle valve in the exhaust system of the process station, a gas flow into the process station, etc.
- a heater control program may include code for controlling the current to a heating unit that is used to heat the substrate.
- the heater control program may control delivery of a heat transfer gas (such as helium) to the substrate.
- a plasma control program may include code for setting RF power levels applied to the process electrodes in one or more process stations in accordance with the embodiments herein.
- a pressure control program may include code for maintaining the pressure in the reaction chamber in accordance with the embodiments herein.
- the user interface may include a display screen, graphical software displays of the apparatus and/or process conditions, and user input devices such as pointing devices, keyboards, touch screens, microphones, etc.
- parameters adjusted by system controller 550 may relate to process conditions.
- process conditions include process gas composition and flow rates, temperature, pressure, plasma conditions (such as RF bias power levels), etc. These parameters may be provided to the user in the form of a recipe, which may be entered utilizing the user interface.
- Signals for monitoring the process may be provided by analog and/or digital input connections of system controller 550 from various process tool sensors.
- the signals for controlling the process may be output on the analog and digital output connections of process tool 500 .
- process tool sensors that may be monitored include mass flow controllers, pressure sensors (such as manometers), thermocouples, etc. Appropriately programmed feedback and control algorithms may be used with data from these sensors to maintain process conditions.
- System controller 550 may provide program instructions for implementing the above-described deposition processes.
- the program instructions may control a variety of process parameters, such as DC power level, RF bias power level, pressure, temperature, etc.
- the instructions may control the parameters to operate dry development and/or etch processes according to various embodiments described herein.
- the system controller 550 will typically include one or more memory devices and one or more processors configured to execute the instructions so that the apparatus will perform a method in accordance with disclosed embodiments.
- Machine-readable media containing instructions for controlling process operations in accordance with disclosed embodiments may be coupled to the system controller 550 .
- the system controller 550 is part of a system, which may be part of the above-described examples.
- Such systems can include semiconductor processing equipment, including a processing tool or tools, chamber or chambers, a platform or platforms for processing, and/or specific processing components (a wafer pedestal, a gas flow system, etc.).
- These systems may be integrated with electronics for controlling their operation before, during, and after processing of a semiconductor wafer or substrate.
- the electronics may be referred to as the “controller,” which may control various components or subparts of the system or systems.
- the system controller 550 may be programmed to control any of the processes disclosed herein, including the delivery of processing gases, temperature settings (e.g., heating and/or cooling), pressure settings, vacuum settings, power settings, radio frequency (RF) generator settings, RF matching circuit settings, frequency settings, flow rate settings, fluid delivery settings, positional and operation settings, wafer transfers into and out of a tool and other transfer tools and/or load locks connected to or interfaced with a specific system.
- temperature settings e.g., heating and/or cooling
- pressure settings e.g., vacuum settings, power settings, radio frequency (RF) generator settings, RF matching circuit settings, frequency settings, flow rate settings, fluid delivery settings, positional and operation settings
- RF radio frequency
- the system controller 550 may be defined as electronics having various integrated circuits, logic, memory, and/or software that receive instructions, issue instructions, control operation, enable cleaning operations, enable endpoint measurements, and the like.
- the integrated circuits may include chips in the form of firmware that store program instructions, digital signal processors (DSPs), chips defined as application specific integrated circuits (ASICs), and/or one or more microprocessors, or microcontrollers that execute program instructions (e.g., software).
- Program instructions may be instructions communicated to the system controller 550 in the form of various individual settings (or program files), defining operational parameters for carrying out a particular process on or for a semiconductor wafer or to a system.
- the operational parameters may, in some embodiments, be part of a recipe defined by process engineers to accomplish one or more processing steps during the fabrication of one or more layers, materials, metals, oxides, silicon, silicon dioxide, surfaces, circuits, and/or dies of a wafer.
- the system controller 550 may be a part of or coupled to a computer that is integrated with, coupled to the system, otherwise networked to the system, or a combination thereof.
- the system controller 550 may be in the “cloud” or all or a part of a fab host computer system, which can allow for remote access of the wafer processing.
- the computer may enable remote access to the system to monitor current progress of fabrication operations, examine a history of past fabrication operations, examine trends or performance metrics from a plurality of fabrication operations, to change parameters of current processing, to set processing steps to follow a current processing, or to start a new process.
- a remote computer e.g.
- a server can provide process recipes to a system over a network, which may include a local network or the Internet.
- the remote computer may include a user interface that enables entry or programming of parameters and/or settings, which are then communicated to the system from the remote computer.
- the system controller 550 receives instructions in the form of data, which specify parameters for each of the processing steps to be performed during one or more operations. It should be understood that the parameters may be specific to the type of process to be performed and the type of tool that the system controller 550 is configured to interface with or control.
- the system controller 550 may be distributed, such as by including one or more discrete controllers that are networked together and working towards a common purpose, such as the processes and controls described herein.
- An example of a distributed controller for such purposes would be one or more integrated circuits on a chamber in communication with one or more integrated circuits located remotely (such as at the platform level or as part of a remote computer) that combine to control a process on the chamber.
- example systems may include a plasma etch chamber or module, a deposition chamber or module, a spin-rinse chamber or module, a metal plating chamber or module, a clean chamber or module, a bevel edge etch chamber or module, a physical vapor deposition (PVD) chamber or module, a chemical vapor deposition (CVD) chamber or module, an ALD chamber or module, an atomic layer etch (ALE) chamber or module, an ion implantation chamber or module, a track chamber or module, an EUV lithography chamber (scanner) or module, a dry development chamber or module, and any other semiconductor processing systems that may be associated or used in the fabrication and/or manufacturing of semiconductor wafers.
- PVD physical vapor deposition
- CVD chemical vapor deposition
- ALD atomic layer etch
- ALE atomic layer etch
- ion implantation chamber or module a track chamber or module
- EUV lithography chamber (scanner) or module a dry development chamber or module, and any other
- the system controller 550 might communicate with one or more of other tool circuits or modules, other tool components, cluster tools, other tool interfaces, adjacent tools, neighboring tools, tools located throughout a factory, a main computer, another controller, or tools used in material transport that bring containers of wafers to and from tool locations and/or load ports in a semiconductor manufacturing factory.
- ICP reactors which, in certain embodiments, may be suitable for etch operations suitable for implementation of some embodiments, are now described. Although ICP reactors are described herein, in some embodiments, it should be understood that capacitively coupled plasma reactors may also be used.
- FIG. 6 schematically shows a cross-sectional view of an inductively coupled plasma apparatus 600 appropriate for implementing certain embodiments or aspects of embodiments such as dry development and/or etch, an example of which is a Kiyo® reactor, produced by Lam Research Corp. of Fremont, Calif.
- dry development and/or etch an example of which is a Kiyo® reactor, produced by Lam Research Corp. of Fremont, Calif.
- other tools or tool types having the functionality to conduct the dry development and/or etch processes described herein may be used for implementation.
- the inductively coupled plasma apparatus 600 includes an overall process chamber 624 structurally defined by chamber walls 601 and a window 611 .
- the chamber walls 601 may be fabricated from stainless steel or aluminum.
- the window 611 may be fabricated from quartz or other dielectric material.
- An optional internal plasma grid 650 divides the overall process chamber into an upper sub-chamber 602 and a lower sub chamber 603 . In most embodiments, plasma grid 650 may be removed, thereby utilizing a chamber space made of sub chambers 602 and 603 .
- a chuck 617 is positioned within the lower sub-chamber 603 near the bottom inner surface. The chuck 617 is configured to receive and hold a semiconductor wafer 619 upon which the etching and deposition processes are performed.
- the chuck 617 can be an electrostatic chuck for supporting the wafer 619 when present.
- an edge ring (not shown) surrounds chuck 617 , and has an upper surface that is approximately planar with a top surface of the wafer 619 , when present over chuck 617 .
- the chuck 617 also includes electrostatic electrodes for chucking and dechucking the wafer 619 .
- a filter and DC clamp power supply (not shown) may be provided for this purpose.
- Other control systems for lifting the wafer 619 off the chuck 617 can also be provided.
- the chuck 617 can be electrically charged using an RF power supply 623 .
- the RF power supply 623 is connected to matching circuitry 621 through a connection 627 .
- the matching circuitry 621 is connected to the chuck 617 through a connection 625 .
- the RF power supply 623 is connected to the chuck 617 .
- a bias power of the electrostatic chuck may be set at about 50V or may be set at a different bias power depending on the process performed in accordance with disclosed embodiments.
- the bias power may be between about 20 Vb and about 100 V, or between about 30 V and about 150 V.
- Elements for plasma generation include a coil 633 is positioned above window 611 .
- a coil is not used in disclosed embodiments.
- the coil 633 is fabricated from an electrically conductive material and includes at least one complete turn.
- the example of a coil 633 shown in FIG. 6 includes three turns.
- the cross sections of coil 633 are shown with symbols, and coils having an “X” extend rotationally into the page, while coils having a “ ⁇ ” extend rotationally out of the page.
- Elements for plasma generation also include an RF power supply 641 configured to supply RF power to the coil 633 .
- the RF power supply 641 is connected to matching circuitry 639 through a connection 645 .
- the matching circuitry 639 is connected to the coil 633 through a connection 643 . In this manner, the RF power supply 641 is connected to the coil 633 .
- An optional Faraday shield 649 a is positioned between the coil 633 and the window 611 . The Faraday shield 649 a may be maintained in a spaced apart relationship relative to the coil 633 . In some embodiments, the Faraday shield 649 a is disposed immediately above the window 611 . In some embodiments, the Faraday shield 649 b is between the window 611 and the chuck 617 . In some embodiments, the Faraday shield 649 b is not maintained in a spaced apart relationship relative to the coil 633 .
- the Faraday shield 649 b may be directly below the window 611 without a gap.
- the coil 633 , the Faraday shield 649 a , and the window 611 are each configured to be substantially parallel to one another.
- the Faraday shield 649 a may prevent metal or other species from depositing on the window 611 of the process chamber 624 .
- Process gases may be flowed into the process chamber through one or more main gas flow inlets 660 positioned in the upper sub-chamber 602 and/or through one or more side gas flow inlets 670 .
- similar gas flow inlets may be used to supply process gases to a capacitively coupled plasma processing chamber.
- a vacuum pump e.g., a one or two stage mechanical dry pump and/or turbomolecular pump 640 , may be used to draw process gases out of the process chamber 624 and to maintain a pressure within the process chamber 624 .
- the vacuum pump may be used to evacuate the lower sub-chamber 603 during a purge operation of ALD.
- a valve-controlled conduit may be used to fluidically connect the vacuum pump to the process chamber 624 so as to selectively control application of the vacuum environment provided by the vacuum pump. This may be done employing a closed loop-controlled flow restriction device, such as a throttle valve (not shown) or a pendulum valve (not shown), during operational plasma processing. Likewise, a vacuum pump and valve controlled fluidic connection to the capacitively coupled plasma processing chamber may also be employed.
- one or more process gases may be supplied through the gas flow inlets 660 and/or 670 .
- process gas may be supplied only through the main gas flow inlet 660 , or only through the side gas flow inlet 670 .
- the gas flow inlets shown in the figure may be replaced by more complex gas flow inlets, one or more showerheads, for example.
- the Faraday shield 649 a and/or optional grid 650 may include internal channels and holes that allow delivery of process gases to the process chamber 624 . Either or both of Faraday shield 649 a and optional grid 650 may serve as a showerhead for delivery of process gases.
- a liquid vaporization and delivery system may be situated upstream of the process chamber 624 , such that once a liquid reactant or precursor is vaporized, the vaporized reactant or precursor is introduced into the process chamber 624 via a gas flow inlet 660 and/or 670 .
- Radio frequency power is supplied from the RF power supply 641 to the coil 633 to cause an RF current to flow through the coil 633 .
- the RF current flowing through the coil 633 generates an electromagnetic field about the coil 633 .
- the electromagnetic field generates an inductive current within the upper sub-chamber 602 .
- the physical and chemical interactions of various generated ions and radicals with the wafer 619 etch features of and selectively deposit layers on the wafer 619 .
- the inductive current acts on the gas present in the upper sub-chamber 602 to generate an electron-ion plasma in the upper sub-chamber 602 .
- the optional internal plasma grid 650 limits the amount of hot electrons in the lower sub-chamber 603 .
- the apparatus 600 is designed and operated such that the plasma present in the lower sub-chamber 603 is an ion-ion plasma.
- Both the upper electron-ion plasma and the lower ion-ion plasma may contain positive and negative ions, though the ion-ion plasma will have a greater ratio of negative ions to positive ions.
- Volatile etching and/or deposition byproducts may be removed from the lower sub-chamber 603 through port 622 .
- the chuck 617 disclosed herein may operate at elevated temperatures ranging between about 10° C. and about 250° C. The temperature will depend on the process operation and specific recipe.
- Apparatus 600 may be coupled to facilities (not shown) when installed in a clean room or a fabrication facility.
- Facilities include plumbing that provide processing gases, vacuum, temperature control, and environmental particle control. These facilities are coupled to apparatus 600 , when installed in the target fabrication facility.
- apparatus 600 may be coupled to a transfer chamber that allows robotics to transfer semiconductor wafers into and out of apparatus 600 using typical automation.
- a system controller 630 (which may include one or more physical or logical controllers) controls some or all of the operations of a process chamber 624 .
- the system controller 630 may include one or more memory devices and one or more processors.
- the apparatus 600 includes a switching system for controlling flow rates and durations when disclosed embodiments are performed.
- the apparatus 600 may have a switching time of up to about 600 ms, or up to about 750 ms. Switching time may depend on the flow chemistry, recipe chosen, reactor architecture, and other factors.
- the system controller 630 is part of a system, which may be part of the above-described examples.
- Such systems can include semiconductor processing equipment, including a processing tool or tools, chamber or chambers, a platform or platforms for processing, and/or specific processing components (a wafer pedestal, a gas flow system, etc.).
- These systems may be integrated with electronics for controlling their operation before, during, and after processing of a semiconductor wafer or substrate.
- the electronics may be integrated into the system controller 630 , which may control various components or subparts of the system or systems.
- the system controller may be programmed to control any of the processes disclosed herein, including the delivery of processing gases, temperature settings (e.g., heating and/or cooling), pressure settings, vacuum settings, power settings, radio frequency (RF) generator settings, RF matching circuit settings, frequency settings, flow rate settings, fluid delivery settings, positional and operation settings, wafer transfers into and out of a tool and other transfer tools and/or load locks connected to or interfaced with a specific system.
- temperature settings e.g., heating and/or cooling
- pressure settings e.g., vacuum settings, power settings, radio frequency (RF) generator settings, RF matching circuit settings, frequency settings, flow rate settings, fluid delivery settings, positional and operation settings
- RF radio frequency
- the system controller 630 may be defined as electronics having various integrated circuits, logic, memory, and/or software that receive instructions, issue instructions, control operation, enable cleaning operations, enable endpoint measurements, and the like.
- the integrated circuits may include chips in the form of firmware that store program instructions, digital signal processors (DSPs), chips defined as application specific integrated circuits (ASICs), and/or one or more microprocessors, or microcontrollers that execute program instructions (e.g., software).
- Program instructions may be instructions communicated to the controller in the form of various individual settings (or program files), defining operational parameters for carrying out a particular process on or for a semiconductor wafer or to a system.
- the operational parameters may, in some embodiments, be part of a recipe defined by process engineers to accomplish one or more processing steps during the fabrication or removal of one or more layers, materials, metals, oxides, silicon, silicon dioxide, surfaces, circuits, and/or dies of a wafer.
- the system controller 630 may be a part of or coupled to a computer that is integrated with, coupled to the system, otherwise networked to the system, or a combination thereof.
- the controller may be in the “cloud” or all or a part of a fab host computer system, which can allow for remote access of the wafer processing.
- the computer may enable remote access to the system to monitor current progress of fabrication operations, examine a history of past fabrication operations, examine trends or performance metrics from a plurality of fabrication operations, to change parameters of current processing, to set processing steps to follow a current processing, or to start a new process.
- a remote computer e.g.
- a server can provide process recipes to a system over a network, which may include a local network or the Internet.
- the remote computer may include a user interface that enables entry or programming of parameters and/or settings, which are then communicated to the system from the remote computer.
- the system controller 630 receives instructions in the form of data, which specify parameters for each of the processing steps to be performed during one or more operations. It should be understood that the parameters may be specific to the type of process to be performed and the type of tool that the controller is configured to interface with or control.
- the system controller 630 may be distributed, such as by including one or more discrete controllers that are networked together and working towards a common purpose, such as the processes and controls described herein.
- An example of a distributed controller for such purposes would be one or more integrated circuits on a chamber in communication with one or more integrated circuits located remotely (such as at the platform level or as part of a remote computer) that combine to control a process on the chamber.
- example systems may include a plasma etch chamber or module, a deposition chamber or module, a spin-rinse chamber or module, a metal plating chamber or module, a clean chamber or module, a bevel edge etch chamber or module, a physical vapor deposition (PVD) chamber or module, a chemical vapor deposition (CVD) chamber or module, an ALD chamber or module, an ALE chamber or module, an ion implantation chamber or module, a track chamber or module, an EUV lithography chamber (scanner) or module, a dry development chamber or module, and any other semiconductor processing systems that may be associated or used in the fabrication and/or manufacturing of semiconductor wafers.
- PVD physical vapor deposition
- CVD chemical vapor deposition
- ALD atomic layer deposition
- ALE atomic layer deposition
- ion implantation chamber or module a track chamber or module
- EUV lithography chamber (scanner) or module a dry development chamber or module, and any other semiconductor processing systems that may be
- the controller might communicate with one or more of other tool circuits or modules, other tool components, cluster tools, other tool interfaces, adjacent tools, neighboring tools, tools located throughout a factory, a main computer, another controller, or tools used in material transport that bring containers of wafers to and from tool locations and/or load ports in a semiconductor manufacturing factory.
- EUVL patterning may be conducted using any suitable tool, often referred to as a scanner, for example the TWINSCAN NXE: 3300B® platform supplied by ASML of Veldhoven, NL).
- the EUVL patterning tool may be a standalone device from which the substrate is moved into and out of for deposition and etching as described herein. Or, as described below, the EUVL patterning tool may be a module on a larger multi-component tool.
- FIG. 7 depicts a semiconductor process cluster tool architecture with vacuum-integrated deposition, EUV patterning and dry development/etch modules that interface with a vacuum transfer module, suitable for implementation of the processes described herein. While the processes may be conducted without such vacuum integrated apparatus, such apparatus may be advantageous in some implementations.
- FIG. 7 depicts a semiconductor process cluster tool architecture with vacuum-integrated deposition and patterning modules that interface with a vacuum transfer module, suitable for implementation of processes described herein.
- the arrangement of transfer modules to “transfer” wafers among multiple storage facilities and processing modules may be referred to as a “cluster tool architecture” system.
- Deposition and patterning modules are vacuum-integrated, in accordance with the requirements of a particular process. Other modules, such as for etch, may also be included on the cluster.
- a vacuum transport module (VTM) 738 interfaces with four processing modules 720 a - 720 d , which may be individually optimized to perform various fabrication processes.
- processing modules 720 a - 720 d may be implemented to perform deposition, evaporation, ELD, dry development, etch, strip, and/or other semiconductor processes.
- module 720 a may be an ALD reactor that may be operated to perform in a non-plasma, thermal atomic layer depositions as described herein, such as Vector tool, available from Lam Research Corporation, Fremont, Calif.
- module 720 b may be a PECVD tool, such as the Lam Vector®. It should be understood that the figure is not necessarily drawn to scale.
- Airlocks 742 and 746 also known as a loadlocks or transfer modules, interface with the VTM 738 and a patterning module 740 .
- a suitable patterning module may be the TWINSCAN NXE: 3300B® platform supplied by ASML of Veldhoven, NL).
- This tool architecture allows for work pieces, such as semiconductor substrates or wafers, to be transferred under vacuum so as not to react before exposure. Integration of the deposition modules with the lithography tool is facilitated by the fact that EUVL also requires a greatly reduced pressure given the strong optical absorption of the incident photons by ambient gases such as H 2 O, O2, etc.
- this integrated architecture is just one possible embodiment of a tool for implementation of the described processes.
- the processes may also be implemented with a more conventional stand-alone EUVL scanner and a deposition reactor, such as a Lam Vector tool, either stand alone or integrated in a cluster architecture with other tools, such as etch, strip etc. (e.g., Lam Kiyo or Gamma tools), as modules, for example as described with reference to FIG. 7 but without the integrated patterning module.
- Airlock 742 may be an “outgoing” loadlock, referring to the transfer of a substrate out from the VTM 738 serving a deposition module 720 a to the patterning module 740
- airlock 746 may be an “ingoing” loadlock, referring to the transfer of a substrate from the patterning module 740 back in to the VTM 738 .
- the ingoing loadlock 746 may also provide an interface to the exterior of the tool for access and egress of substrates.
- Each process module has a facet that interfaces the module to VTM 738 .
- deposition process module 720 a has facet 736 . Inside each facet, sensors, for example, sensors 1 - 18 as shown, are used to detect the passing of wafer 726 when moved between respective stations.
- Patterning module 740 and airlocks 742 and 746 may be similarly equipped with additional facets and sensors, not shown.
- Main VTM robot 722 transfers wafer 726 between modules, including airlocks 742 and 746 .
- robot 722 has one arm, and in another embodiment, robot 722 has two arms, where each arm has an end effector 724 to pick wafers such as wafer 726 for transport.
- Front-end robot 744 in is used to transfer wafers 726 from outgoing airlock 742 into the patterning module 740 , from the patterning module 740 into ingoing airlock 746 .
- Front-end robot 744 may also transport wafers 726 between the ingoing loadlock and the exterior of the tool for access and egress of substrates. Because ingoing airlock module 746 has the ability to match the environment between atmospheric and vacuum, the wafer 726 is able to move between the two pressure environments without being damaged.
- a EUVL tool typically operates at a higher vacuum than a deposition tool. If this is the case, it is desirable to increase the vacuum environment of the substrate during the transfer between the deposition to the EUVL tool to allow the substrate to degas prior to entry into the patterning tool.
- Outgoing airlock 742 may provide this function by holding the transferred wafers at a lower pressure, no higher than the pressure in the patterning module 740 , for a period of time and exhausting any off-gassing, so that the optics of the patterning tool 740 are not contaminated by off-gassing from the substrate.
- a suitable pressure for the outgoing, off-gassing airlock is no more than 1E-8 Torr.
- FIG. 8 presents an alternative semiconductor process cluster tool architecture to FIG. 7 that does not have a patterning module 740 .
- Front-end robot 832 in atmospheric transfer module (ATM) 840 , is used to transfer wafers 826 from cassette or Front Opening Unified Pod (FOUP) 834 in Load Port Module (LPM) 842 to airlock 830 .
- Module center 828 inside process module 820 is one location for placing wafer 826 .
- Aligner 844 in ATM 840 is used to align wafers.
- a wafer is placed in one of the FOUPs 834 in the LPM 842 .
- Front-end robot 832 transfers the wafer from the FOUP 834 to an aligner 844 , which allows the wafer 826 to be properly centered before it is etched or processed.
- the wafer 826 is moved by the front-end robot 832 into an airlock 830 .
- airlock modules have the ability to match the environment between an ATM and a VTM, the wafer 826 is able to move between the two pressure environments without being damaged. From the airlock module 830 , the wafer 826 is moved by robot 822 through VTM 838 and into one of the process modules 820 a - 820 d .
- the robot 822 uses end effectors 824 on each of its arms. Once the wafer 826 has been processed, it is moved by robot 822 from the process modules 820 a - 820 d to an airlock module 830 . From here, the wafer 826 may be moved by the front-end robot 832 to one of the FOUPs 834 or to the aligner 844 .
- FIG. 9 shows a schematic view of an embodiment of a multi-station processing tool 900 with an inbound load lock 902 and an outbound load lock 904 , either or both of which may comprise a remote plasma source.
- a robot 906 at atmospheric pressure, is configured to move substrates or wafers from a cassette loaded through a pod 908 into inbound load lock 902 via an atmospheric port 910 .
- a substrate is placed by the robot 906 on a pedestal 912 in the inbound load lock 902 , the atmospheric port 910 is closed, and the load lock is pumped down.
- the substrate may be exposed to a remote plasma treatment in the load lock prior to being introduced into a processing chamber 914 A-C. Further, the substrate also may be heated in the inbound load lock 902 as well, for example, to remove moisture and adsorbed gases.
- a chamber transport port 916 to one of processing chambers 914 A-C is opened, and another robot (not shown) places the substrate into the reactor on a pedestal of a first station shown in the reactor for processing. While the embodiment depicted in FIG. 9 includes load locks, it will be appreciated that, in some embodiments, direct entry of a substrate into a process station may be provided.
- the soak gas is introduced to the station when the substrate is placed by the robot 906 on the pedestal 912 .
- the depicted processing chamber 914 B comprises four process stations, numbered from 1 to 4 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 9 .
- Each station has a heated pedestal (shown at 918 for station 1 ), and gas line inlets.
- each process station may have different or multiple purposes.
- a process station may be switchable between an ALD and PEALD process mode.
- processing chamber 914 may include one or more matched pairs of ALD and plasma-enhanced ALD process stations. While the depicted processing chamber 914 includes four stations, it will be understood that a processing chamber according to the present disclosure may have any suitable number of stations.
- a processing chamber may have five or more stations, while in other embodiments a processing chamber may have three or fewer stations.
- FIG. 5 A depicts a multi-station processing tool 900 having three process chambers, in some embodiments a multi-station processing tool may have four process chambers, such as depicted in FIG. 9 B . In some embodiments a multi-station processing tool may have four or more process chambers, while in other embodiments a multi-station processing tool may have one, two, or three process chambers.
- FIG. 9 depicts an embodiment of a wafer handling system 990 for transferring substrates within processing chamber 914 .
- wafer handling system 990 may transfer substrates between various process stations and/or between a process station and a load lock. It will be appreciated that any suitable wafer handling system may be employed. Non-limiting examples include wafer carousels and wafer handling robots.
- FIG. 9 also depicts an embodiment of a system controller 950 employed to control process conditions and hardware states of process tool 900 .
- System controller 950 may include one or more memory devices 956 , one or more mass storage devices 954 , and one or more processors 952 .
- Processor 952 may include a CPU or computer, analog and/or digital input/output connections, stepper motor controller boards, etc.
- system controller 950 includes machine-readable instructions for performing operations such as those described herein.
- system controller 950 controls the activities of process tool 900 .
- System controller 950 executes system control software 958 stored in mass storage device 954 , loaded into memory device 956 , and executed on processor 952 .
- the control logic may be hard coded in the system controller 950 .
- Applications Specific Integrated Circuits, Programmable Logic Devices e.g., field-programmable gate arrays, or FPGAs
- FPGAs field-programmable gate arrays
- System control software 958 may include instructions for controlling the timing, mixture of gases, amount of gas flow, chamber and/or station pressure, chamber and/or station temperature, substrate temperature, target power levels, RF power levels, substrate pedestal, chuck and/or susceptor position, and other parameters of a particular process performed by process tool 900 .
- System control software 958 may be configured in any suitable way. For example, various process tool component subroutines or control objects may be written to control operation of the process tool components used to carry out various process tool processes.
- System control software 958 may be coded in any suitable computer readable programming language.
- chambers 914 A-C may perform the same or different operations. Additionally, while three chambers 914 A-C are shown, in some embodiments there may be four or more chambers, or three or fewer chambers. In some embodiments, each of chambers 914 A-C may perform a dry deposition process to deposit a photolithographic layer. In some embodiments, one or more of chambers 914 A-C may be used to for a dry deposition process, while different one or more of chambers 914 A-C may be used for a dry development process as described herein. In some embodiments, one chamber may be used for a dry deposition process, one chamber may be used for a PAB process, and one chamber may be used for a dry development process.
- a chamber used for a PAB process may also be used for a PEB process or alternatively used for a PEB process.
- one chamber may be used for a dry deposition process
- one chamber may be used for a PAB process
- one chamber may be used for a PEB process
- one chamber may be used for a dry development process.
- unequal process times can be addressed by different module ratios (e.g., if a PR deposition time is twice the PAB time, then the tool can be configured with twice the PR deposition modules as PAB modules).
- multi-station processing tool 900 may have different modules at each chamber to facilitate embodiments discussed herein.
- a VECTOR® processing module may be used for deposition processes
- a KIYO® processing module may be used for PAB, PEB, or dry development processes.
- a there may be different numbers of each type of module.
- there may be one VECTOR module and one or more KIYO modules.
- a VECTOR module may be integrated in the same module as a KIYO module.
- pedestals 1 and 3 of chamber 914 may be used for a dry deposition process
- pedestals 2 and 4 may be used for a different process, such as a wafer clean, PAB, PEB, or dry development process.
- a wafer may be processed on one pedestal to deposit a PR film, and then a robot may be configured to move the wafer to another pedestal within the chamber for a subsequent process as described herein. In this way, a vacuum may be maintained and indexing a wafer from pedestal to pedestal is faster than transferring wafers between process modules.
- efficiency throughput
- cross-contamination is controlled or minimized, resulting in excellent film properties.
- each station/pedestal can be configured or optimized for each operation, and pedestals can be isolated from each other to reduce or minimize cross-contamination/cross-talk between deposition, clean, bake, irradiation, or development processes, for example by gas curtains or other station-specific barriers like gas seals, such as are described, for example, in U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2015/0004798 and U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2017/0101710, the disclosures of which in this regard are hereby incorporated by reference herein.
- each pedestal process can be at a different temperature and pressure.
- each station's pedestal, showerhead, wall, etc. temperature can be independently set optimally for each process, without needing to cycle.
- Gas distribution to each station can be kept separate. By adding multiple throttle valves pressures can be independently maintained.
- exhaust for each station can be local and not shared, so that the exhaust can stay independent without cross mixing/contamination of gases.
- integrated operations may be implemented on the same pedestal.
- wafer cleaning and PAB/PEB operations may be implemented on the same pedestal. This may provide for enhanced throughput by reducing transfer or queue time between the wafer cleaning and bake operations.
- FIGS. 10 A-E illustrate various embodiments where processing operations may be performed within different chambers of a tool, along with a process flowchart illustrating operations that may be performed on or off the tool.
- the operations shown in FIGS. 10 A-E may be the same as the those described in FIG. 1 , above (as implied by the use of the same reference numbers). While a clean operation is not shown in FIGS. 10 A-E , in some embodiments a clean operation may be performed. It should also be understood that some operations may not be performed, as explained further in reference to FIG. 1 .
- FIG. 10 A (i) illustrates an embodiment where each chamber of a cluster tool performs a dry deposition process as shown in the process flow presented in FIG. 10 A (ii). Other operations in a lithography process, such as the PAB, EUV exposure, PEB, and development process may be performed on a different tool or cluster.
- FIG. 10 B (i) illustrates an embodiment where a dry deposition and a dry development process may be performed within a single tool as shown in the process flow presented in FIG. 10 B (ii).
- two chambers may be used to a dry deposition process, while a single chamber is used for a dry development process. Other operations may be performed on a different tool.
- FIG. 10 C (i) illustrates an embodiment where a dry deposition, a PAB, and a dry development are each performed within a single tool as shown in the process flow presented in FIG. 10 C (ii).
- one chamber may be used for each process.
- a substrate may have queue time between processes.
- queue time may be spent off the tool, for example in a FOUP or other controlled environment.
- a wafer may be moved directly from the dry EUV deposition chamber to the PAB chamber without a queue time, or may spend queue time in either process chamber. This may be advantageous to reduce queue time and/or maintain vacuum, both of which may improve the quality of the resulting PR film.
- FIG. 10 D (i) illustrates an embodiment where a dry deposition, a PEB, and dry development process are performed within a single tool as shown in the process flow presented in FIG. 10 D (ii).
- a PAB chamber and a PEB chamber may be the same chamber, while in other embodiments they are different chambers.
- queue time may be spent off-tool in a controlled environment, while in other embodiments a wafer may be transferred directly from a PEB chamber to a development chamber. This may be advantageous to reduce queue time and/or maintain vacuum, both of which may improve the quality of the resulting PR film.
- FIG. 10 E (i) illustrates an embodiment where dry deposition, PAB, PEB, and dry development are performed within a single tool as shown in the process flow presented in FIG. 10 E (ii).
- radiation exposure may be performed off-tool in a separate scanner chamber.
- queue time may be spent off-tool in a controlled environment, while in other embodiments a substrate may be moved directly from a dry deposition chamber to a PAB chamber, or a PEB chamber to a dry development chamber. In such embodiments queue time may be spent on-tool. Transfer of substrates between chambers on the same tool for different operations may be advantageous to reduce queue time and maintain vacuum/environmental control.
- FIG. 10 F (i) illustrates an embodiment where a scanner may be integrated with a deposition chamber and/or a wet or dry development chamber.
- An organometallic tin precursor ampule 1000 and EUV deposition module 1010 may be used to dry deposit an EUV PR.
- An EUV exposure module 1020 may be used to expose portions of the EUV PR to radiation to chemically alter the exposed portions.
- An EUV development module 1030 may use a wet or dry process to remove portions of the EUV PR, which may treat the PR as a negative tone resist or a positive tone resist.
- a Pattern transfer module 1040 may then transfer the pattern of the EUV PR to an underlying layer, e.g., by an etch process forming lines based on the developed EUV PR pattern.
- the byproducts from various processing environments may be shared or flow to a singular or multiple exhaust abatement systems 1050 .
- a process flow as presented in FIG. 10 F (ii) may be performed in the tools illustrated in FIG. 10 F (i).
- a system controller (which may include one or more physical or logical controllers) controls some or all of the operations of the cluster tool and/or its separate modules. It should be noted that the controller can be local to the cluster architecture, or can be located external to the cluster architecture in the manufacturing floor, or in a remote location and connected to the cluster architecture via a network.
- the system controller may include one or more memory devices and one or more processors.
- the processor may include a central processing unit (CPU) or computer, analog and/or digital input/output connections, stepper motor controller boards, and other like components. Instructions for implementing appropriate control operations are executed on the processor. These instructions may be stored on the memory devices associated with the controller or they may be provided over a network. In certain embodiments, the system controller executes system control software.
- the system control software may include instructions for controlling the timing of application and/or magnitude of any aspect of tool or module operation.
- System control software may be configured in any suitable way. For example, various process tool component subroutines or control objects may be written to control operations of the process tool components necessary to carry out various process tool processes.
- System control software may be coded in any suitable compute readable programming language.
- system control software includes input/output control (IOC) sequencing instructions for controlling the various parameters described above.
- IOC input/output control
- each phase of a semiconductor fabrication process may include one or more instructions for execution by the system controller.
- the instructions for setting process conditions for condensation, deposition, evaporation, patterning and/or etching phase may be included in a corresponding recipe phase, for example.
- an apparatus for forming a negative pattern mask may include a processing chamber for patterning, deposition and etch, and a controller including instructions for forming a negative pattern mask.
- the instructions may include code for, in the processing chamber, patterning a feature in a chemically amplified (CAR) resist on a semiconductor substrate by EUV exposure to expose a surface of the substrate, dry developing the photopatterned resist, and etching the underlying layer or layer stack using the patterned resist as a mask.
- CAR chemically amplified
- the computer controlling the wafer movement can be local to the cluster architecture, or can be located external to the cluster architecture in the manufacturing floor, or in a remote location and connected to the cluster architecture via a network.
- a controller as described above with respect to FIG. 6 or 7 may be implemented in any of FIG. 4 , 5 , 6 , 7 , 8 , 9 , or 10 A-F, as well as the tool architectures described in FIGS. 11 , 12 , and 13 .
- FIGS. 11 , 12 , and 13 A -B provide configurations for alternative processing tool architectures, such as may be implemented at least in part in the EOS or Sens.i products available from Lam Research Corporation, Fremont, Calif., that may be used in some embodiments.
- a multi-station processing tool 1100 may have an equipment front end module (EFEM) for receiving substrates, optionally via a FOUP.
- EFEM equipment front end module
- FIG. 12 which is a cut-away view of the multi-station processing tool 1100
- an EFEM robot 1204 may move substrates from EFEM 1104 through a loadport 1206 .
- Substrates may be moved via one or more shuttles 1208 , which may move substrates on linear tracks 1214 or lifters 1212 .
- a wafer handling robot 1210 may then move substrates into a process chamber 1108 (in FIG. 12 , 8 chambers are depicted for a total of 16 process chambers in multi-station processing tool 1100 ).
- Each process chamber may be switchable between various process modes as discussed herein.
- multi-station processing tool 1100 may also have fluid delivery systems (FDS) 1112 to deliver process gas and other fluids to each process chamber, as well as FDS controls 1114 .
- Fan filter units 1102 and 1106 may be used to ensure a clean environment in the process chambers as well as the corridor portion, respectively.
- resist processing tracks as shown in FIGS. 11 and 12 , may be used for implementation of wet development of dry deposited EUV PR.
- FIG. 13 A presents to-down view of another multi-station processing tool 1300 , having a robot 1304 that is configured to move wafers from a cassette loaded through a pod 1308 .
- a second robot 1306 may move wafers to one of various process chambers 1302 for carrying out operations as described herein.
- FIG. 13 B presents a side view of multi-station processing tool 1300 .
- Various embodiments described herein may be performed using cluster architecture as shown in FIGS. 11 , 12 , and 13 .
Landscapes
- Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Condensed Matter Physics & Semiconductors (AREA)
- Manufacturing & Machinery (AREA)
- Computer Hardware Design (AREA)
- Microelectronics & Electronic Packaging (AREA)
- Power Engineering (AREA)
- Organic Chemistry (AREA)
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Plasma & Fusion (AREA)
- Architecture (AREA)
- Structural Engineering (AREA)
- Epidemiology (AREA)
- Environmental & Geological Engineering (AREA)
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Public Health (AREA)
- Exposure And Positioning Against Photoresist Photosensitive Materials (AREA)
- Exposure Of Semiconductors, Excluding Electron Or Ion Beam Exposure (AREA)
- Photosensitive Polymer And Photoresist Processing (AREA)
- Chemical Vapour Deposition (AREA)
- Preparing Plates And Mask In Photomechanical Process (AREA)
- Materials For Photolithography (AREA)
Abstract
Methods for making thin-films on semiconductor substrates, may be patterned using EUV, include: depositing the organometallic polymer-like material onto the surface of the semiconductor substrate, exposing the surface to EUV to form a pattern, and developing the pattern for later transfer to underlying layers. The depositing operations may be performed by chemical vapor deposition (CVD), atomic layer deposition (ALD), and ALD with a CVD component, such as a discontinuous, ALD-like process in which metal precursors and counter-reactants are separated in either time or space.
Description
- A PCT Request Form is filed concurrently with this specification as part of the present application. Each application that the present application claims benefit of or priority to as identified in the concurrently filed PCT Request Form is incorporated by reference herein in its entirety and for all purposes.
- The background description provided herein is for the purpose of generally presenting the context of the present technology. Work of the presently named inventors, to the extent it is described in this background section, as well as aspects of the description that may not otherwise qualify as prior art at the time of filing, are neither expressly nor impliedly admitted as prior art against the present technology.
- The fabrication of semiconductor devices, such as integrated circuits, is a multi-step process involving photolithography. In general, the process includes the deposition of material on a wafer and patterning the material through lithographic techniques to form structural features (e.g., transistors and circuitry) of the semiconductor device. The steps of a typical photolithography process known in the art include: preparing the substrate; applying a photoresist, such as by spin coating; exposing the photoresist to light in a desired pattern, causing the exposed areas of the photoresist to become more or less soluble in a developer solution; developing by applying a developer solution to remove either the exposed or the unexposed areas of the photoresist; and subsequent processing to create features on the areas of the substrate from which the photoresist has been removed, such as by etching or material deposition.
- The evolution of semiconductor design has created the need, and has been driven by the ability, to create ever smaller features on semiconductor substrate materials. This progression of technology has been characterized in “Moore's Law” as a doubling of the density of transistors in dense integrated circuits every two years. Indeed, chip design and manufacturing has progressed such that modern microprocessors may contain billions of transistors and other circuit features on a single chip. Individual features on such chips may be on the order of 22 nanometers (nm) or smaller, in some cases less than 10 nm.
- One challenge in manufacturing devices having such small features is the ability to reliably and reproducibly create photolithographic masks having sufficient resolution. Current photolithography processes typically use 193 nm ultraviolet (UV) light to expose a photoresist. The fact that the light has a wavelength significantly greater than the desired size of the features to be produced on the semiconductor substrate creates inherent issues. Achieving feature sizes smaller than the wavelength of the light requires use of complex resolution enhancement techniques, such as multipatterning. Thus, there is significant interest and research effort in developing photolithographic techniques using shorter wavelength light, such as extreme ultraviolet radiation (EUV), having a wavelength of from 10 nm to 15 nm, e.g., 13.5 nm.
- EUV photolithographic processes can present challenges, however, including low power output and loss of light during patterning. Traditional organic chemically amplified resists (CAR) similar to those used in 193 nm UV lithography have potential drawbacks when used in EUV lithography, particularly as they have low absorption coefficients in EUV region and the diffusion of photo-activated chemical species can result in blur or line edge roughness. Furthermore, in order to provide the etch resistance required to pattern underlying device layers, small features patterned in conventional CAR materials can result in high aspect ratios at risk of pattern collapse. Accordingly, there remains a need for improved EUV photoresist materials, having such properties as decreased thickness, greater absorbance, and greater etch resistance.
- Disclosed herein are methods and systems of an integrated process for forming a patterned photoresist. In one aspect of the embodiments disclosed herein, an integrated lithography system is provided, the system including: a plurality of reaction chambers within a cluster, the plurality of reaction chambers including: a photoresist (PR) deposition chamber, a post-application bake (PAB) chamber, a post-exposure bake (PEB) chamber, and a development chamber; and a controller that includes one or more processors and one or more memory devices, where the one or more memory devices store computer-executable instructions for controlling the one or more processors to: receive a substrate in the PR deposition chamber, deposit a PR on a surface of the substrate within the PR deposition chamber, receive the substrate having the PR in the PAB chamber, treat the PR within the PAB chamber to modify material properties of the PR, after treating the PR, receive the substrate in the PEB chamber, where portions of the PR have been chemically altered by exposure to radiation to create a patterned PR, treat the patterned PR within the PEB chamber to modify material properties of the patterned PR, and dry developing the patterned PR within the development chamber by removing either an exposed portion or an unexposed portion of the patterned PR by a dry development process including exposure to a chemical compound to form a PR mask.
- In some embodiments, the PR may be a metal-containing PR. In some embodiments, the PR may be an EUV PR. In some embodiments, the plurality of reaction chambers further includes a substrate clean chamber, and the computer-executable instructions further include instructions for controlling the one or more processors to, prior to the computer-executable instruction to receive the substrate having the PR in the PAB chamber: receive the substrate having the PR in the clean chamber and perform a dry clean process to remove PR from the bevel edge and/or backside of the substrate. In some embodiments, the plurality of reaction chambers further includes an underlayer deposition chamber, and the computer-executable instructions further include instructions for controlling the one or more processors to, prior to the computer-executable instruction to deposit a PR: deposit an underlayer on the surface of the substrate via a dry process, where the underlayer increases the adhesion of the PR to the substrate. In some embodiments, the underlayer deposition chamber may be the PR deposition chamber.
- In some embodiments, the plurality of reaction chambers further includes a pre-treatment chamber, and the computer-executable instructions further include instructions for controlling the one or more processors to, prior to the computer-executable instruction to deposit a metal-containing PR: treat the surface of the substrate via a dry process to cause more exposed hydroxyl groups on the surface of the substrate. In some embodiments, the plurality of reaction chambers are each below atmospheric pressure, and the PR may be under below-atmospheric pressure until after the dry development process. In some embodiments, the ambient environment of the substrate may be controlled to reduce exposure of the photoresist to moisture prior to dry developing the patterned PR.
- In some embodiments, the computer-executable instructions further include computer-executable instructions to deposit the PR via a dry process including mixing a vapor stream of an organometallic precursor with a vapor stream of a counter-reactant. In some embodiments, the processes performed by the plurality of reaction chambers are all dry processes. In some embodiments, the processes performed by the plurality of reaction chambers include wet and dry processes.
- In some embodiments, the cluster includes multiple PR deposition chambers. In some embodiments, the PAB chamber and the PEB chamber are the same chamber. In some embodiments, the computer-executable instructions further include instructions for controlling the one or more processors to perform a dry clean process to remove PR from the bevel edge and/or backside of the substrate within the PAB chamber. In some embodiments, the plurality of reaction chambers further includes a lithography scanner, and the computer-executable instructions further include instructions for controlling the one or more processors to, prior to the computer-executable instruction to receive the substrate in the PEB chamber: receive the substrate in the lithography scanner and expose portions of the PR to radiation to create a patterned PR. In some embodiments, the plurality of substrate processing environments further includes a thermal treatment processing environment, and the one or more memory devices store further computer-executable instructions for controlling the one or more processors to: before and/or after portions of the metal-containing PR have been chemically altered by exposure to radiation to create a patterned PR, thermally treat the metal-containing PR within the thermal treatment processing environment.
- In another aspect of the embodiments disclosed herein, an integrated substrate processing system is provided, the system including: a plurality of substrate processing environments, the plurality of substrate processing environments comprising a metal-containing photoresist (PR) deposition environment and one or more other separate integrated processing environments selected from the group consisting of: an additional metal-containing photoresist (PR) deposition environment; a metal-containing PR development environment, and a thermal treatment processing environment; and a controller that includes one or more processors and one or more memory devices, wherein the one or more memory devices store computer-executable instructions for controlling the one or more processors to: receive a substrate in the metal-containing PR deposition environment; deposit a metal-containing PR on a surface of the substrate within the metal-containing PR deposition environment; and conduct additional PR processing operations in the one or more other separate integrated processing environments.
- In some implementations, the plurality of substrate processing environments further includes a PR dry development processing environment, and the one or more memory devices store further computer-executable instructions for controlling the one or more processors to: after portions of the metal-containing PR have been chemically altered by exposure to radiation to create a patterned PR, dry develop the patterned PR within the development environment by removing either an exposed portion or an unexposed portion of the patterned PR by a dry development process including exposure to a chemical compound to form a PR mask. In some implementations, the plurality of substrate processing environments further includes a scanner environment, and the one or more memory devices store further computer-executable instructions for controlling the one or more processors to: expose portions of the metal-containing PR to radiation within the scanner environment to chemically alter the exposed portions.
- In some implementations, the plurality of substrate processing environments are different process chambers within a cluster. In some implementations, the plurality of substrate processing environments are different stations within a chamber. In some implementations, the plurality of substrate processing environments includes three metal-containing PR deposition environments. In some implementations, the plurality of substrate processing environments includes two metal-containing PR deposition environments and a metal-containing PR development environment, and the one or more memory devices store further computer-executable instructions for controlling the one or more processors to: after portions of the metal-containing PR have been chemically altered by exposure to radiation to create a patterned PR, develop the patterned PR via a dry process.
- In some implementations, the plurality of substrate processing environments includes a metal-containing PR deposition environments, a thermal treatment processing environment, and a metal-containing PR development environment, and the one or more memory devices store further computer-executable instructions for controlling the one or more processors to: before and/or after portions of the metal-containing PR have been chemically altered by exposure to radiation to create a patterned PR, thermally treat the metal-containing PR within the thermal treatment processing environment and after thermally treating the metal-containing PR within the thermal treatment processing environment, developing the patterned PR via a dry process. In some implementations, the plurality of substrate processing environments includes a metal-containing PR deposition environments, a first thermal treatment processing environment, a second thermal treatment processing environment, and a metal-containing PR development environment, and the one or more memory devices store further computer-executable instructions for controlling the one or more processors to: before portions of the metal-containing PR have been chemically altered by exposure to radiation to create a patterned PR, thermally treat the metal-containing PR within the first thermal treatment processing environment, after portions of the metal-containing PR have been chemically altered by exposure to radiation to create a patterned PR, thermally treat the metal-containing PR within the second thermal treatment processing environment, and after thermally treating the metal-containing PR within the second thermal treatment processing environment, developing the patterned PR via a dry process.
- These and other features of the disclosed embodiments will be described in detail below with reference to the associated drawings.
-
FIG. 1 presents a process flow diagram for one example embodiment. -
FIG. 2 presents an exemplary chemical reaction scheme of the present technology. -
FIGS. 3A-E illustrate a representative process flow for an example embodiment. -
FIGS. 4-9 are schematic diagrams of examples of process chambers for performing methods in accordance with disclosed embodiments. -
FIGS. 10A-F present schematic diagrams of various process cluster configurations in accordance with disclosed embodiments. -
FIGS. 11-12 and 13A -B present various example tool architectures that may be used to perform methods in accordance with disclosed embodiments. - This disclosure relates generally to the field of semiconductor processing. In particular aspects, the disclosure is directed to methods and apparatus for processing of EUV photoresists (e.g., EUV-sensitive metal and/or metal oxide-containing resist films) in the context of EUV patterning and EUV patterned film development to form a patterning mask.
- Reference is made herein in detail to specific embodiments of the disclosure. Examples of the specific embodiments are illustrated in the accompanying drawings. While the disclosure will be described in conjunction with these specific embodiments, it will be understood that it is not intended to limit the disclosure to such specific embodiments. On the contrary, it is intended to cover alternatives, modifications, and equivalents as may be included within the spirit and scope of the disclosure. In the following description, numerous specific details are set forth in order to provide a thorough understanding of the present disclosure. The present disclosure may be practiced without some or all of these specific details. In other instances, well known process operations have not been described in detail so as to not unnecessarily obscure the present disclosure.
- Patterning of thin films in semiconductor processing is often an important step in the fabrication of semiconductors. Patterning involves lithography. In conventional photolithography, such as 193 nm photolithography, patterns are printed by emitting photons from a photon source onto a mask and printing the pattern onto a photosensitive photoresist, thereby causing a chemical reaction in the photoresist that, after development, removes certain portions of the photoresist to form the pattern.
- Advanced technology nodes (as defined by the International Technology Roadmap for Semiconductors) include nodes 22 nm, 16 nm, and beyond. In the 16 nm node, for example, the width of a typical via or line in a Damascene structure is typically no greater than about 30 nm. Scaling of features on advanced semiconductor integrated circuits (ICs) and other devices is driving lithography to improve resolution.
- Extreme ultraviolet (EUV) lithography can extend lithography technology by moving to smaller imaging source wavelengths than would be achievable with conventional photolithography methods. EUV light sources at approximately 10-20 nm, or 11-14 nm wavelength, for example 13.5 nm wavelength, can be used for leading-edge lithography tools, also referred to as scanners. The EUV radiation is strongly absorbed in a wide range of solid and fluid materials including quartz and water vapor, and so operates in a vacuum.
- EUV lithography makes use of EUV resists that are patterned to form masks for use in etching underlying layers. EUV resists may be polymer-based chemically amplified resists (CARs) produced by liquid-based spin-on techniques. An alternative to CARs are directly photopatternable metal oxide-containing films, such as those available from Inpria, Corvallis, OR, and described, for example, in US Patent Publications US 2017/0102612, US 2016/021660 and US 2016/0116839, incorporated by reference herein at least for their disclosure of photopatternable metal oxide-containing films. Such films may be produced by spin-on techniques or dry vapor-deposited. The metal oxide-containing film can be patterned directly (i.e., without the use of a separate photoresist) by EUV exposure in a vacuum ambient providing sub-30 nm patterning resolution, for example as described in U.S. Pat. No. 9,996,004, issued Jun. 12, 2018 and titled EUV PHOTOPATTERNING OF VAPOR-DEPOSITED METAL OXIDE-CONTAINING HARDMASKS, and/or in Application PCT/US19/31618, filed May 9, 2019, and titled METHODS FOR MAKING EUV PATTERNABLE HARD MASKS, the disclosures of which at least relating to the composition, deposition, and patterning of directly photopatternable metal oxide films to form EUV resist masks is incorporated by reference herein. Generally, the patterning involves exposure of the EUV resist with EUV radiation to form a photo pattern in the resist, followed by development to remove a portion of the resist according to the photo pattern to form the mask.
- It should also be understood that the while present disclosure relates to lithographic patterning techniques and materials exemplified by EUV lithography, it is also applicable to other next generation lithographic techniques. In addition to EUV, which includes the standard 13.5 nm EUV wavelength currently in use and development, the radiation sources most relevant to such lithography are DUV (deep-UV), which generally refers to use of 248 nm or 193 nm excimer laser sources, X-ray, which formally includes EUV at the lower energy range of the X-ray range, as well as e-beam, which can cover a wide energy range. The specific methods may depend on the particular materials and applications used in the semiconductor substrate and ultimate semiconducting device. Thus, the methods described in this application are merely exemplary of the methods and materials that may be used in present technology.
- Directly photopatternable EUV resists may be composed of or contain metals and/or metal oxides mixed within organic components. The metals/metal oxides are highly promising in that they can enhance the EUV photon adsorption and generate secondary electrons and/or show increased etch selectivity to an underlying film stack and device layers. To date, these resists have been developed using a wet (solvent) approach, which requires the wafer to move to the track, where it is exposed to developing solvent, dried and baked. Wet development does not only limit productivity but can also lead to line collapse due to surface tension effects during the evaporation of solvent between fine features.
- Dry development techniques have been proposed to overcome these issues by eliminating substrate delamination and interface failures. Dry development has its own challenges, including etch selectivity between unexposed and EUV exposed resist material which can lead to a higher dose to size requirement for effective resist exposure when compared to wet development. Suboptimal selectivity can also cause PR corner rounding due to longer exposures under etching gas, which may increase line critical dimension (CD) variation in the following transfer etch step.
-
FIG. 1 presents a flow diagram of an example method for performing a dry chamber clean when depositing and developing a photoresist according to some embodiments. The operations of aprocess 100 may be performed in different orders and/or with different, fewer, or additional operations. One or more operations of theprocess 100 may be performed using various apparatuses described herein. In some embodiments, the operations of theprocess 100 may be implemented, at least in part, according to software stored in one or more non-transitory computer readable media. - At
block 102 of theprocess 100, a layer of photoresist is deposited. This may be either a dry deposition process such as a vapor deposition process or a wet process such as a spin-on deposition process. The photoresist can be an EUV resist or metal-containing EUV rests.FIG. 2 presents an exemplary process by which a polymerized organometallic material may be formed to deposit a metal-containing EUV resist. - Returning to
FIG. 1 , in addition to depositing a metal-containing EUV resist thin film on a semiconductor substrate atblock 102 of theprocess 100, metal-containing EUV resist material may be formed on internal surfaces of the process chamber. The internal surfaces may include chamber walls, floors, and ceilings of the process chamber. Other internal surfaces may include a showerhead, nozzles, and substrate support surfaces. The metal-containing EUV resist material may form as a result of dry deposition processes, such as CVD or ALD processes. A thickness of the metal-containing EUV resist material formed on the internal surfaces may increase over time as a result of additional processing (e.g., deposition) operations being performed in the process chamber. The metal-containing EUV resist material is prone to flake off, shed particles, or peel from the internal surfaces of the process chamber to contaminate subsequent semiconductor substrates during processing. - At
block 150 of theprocess 100, a dry chamber clean operation of the present disclosure may be performed after deposition of the metal-containing EUV resist thin film on the semiconductor substrate atblock 102 of theprocess 100. This allows for deposition and dry cleaning to be performed in the same process chamber. However, it will be understood that the dry chamber clean may be performed in a different process chamber than the deposition operation in embodiments. In fact, the dry chamber clean may be performed subsequent to a bevel and/or backside clean, bake, development, or etch operation. - The dry-deposited metal-containing EUV photoresist films being removed are generally composed of Sn, O and C, but the same clean approaches can be extended to films of other metal oxide resists and materials. In addition, this approach can also be used for film strip and PR rework.
- At
block 104 of theprocess 100, an optional cleaning process is performed to clean a backside and/or bevel edge of the semiconductor substrate. The backside and/or bevel edge clean may non-selectively etch EUV resist film to equally remove film with various levels of oxidation or crosslinking on the substrate backside and bevel edge. During application of the EUV-patternable film, either by wet deposition processing or dry deposition processing, there may be some unintended deposition of resist material on the substrate bevel edge and/or backside. The unintended deposition may lead to undesirable particles later moving to a top surface of the semiconductor substrate and becoming particle defects. Moreover, this bevel edge and backside deposition can cause downstream processing problems, including contamination of the patterning (scanner) and development tools. Conventionally, removal of this bevel edge and backside deposition is done by wet cleaning techniques. For spin-coated photoresist material, this process is called edge bead removal (EBR) and is performed by directing a stream of solvent from above and below the bevel edge while the substrate is spinning. The same process can be applied to soluble organotin oxide-based resists deposited by vapor deposition techniques. The substrate bevel edge and/or backside clean may also be a dry clean process. - At
block 150 of theprocess 100, a dry chamber clean operation of the present disclosure may be performed after a bevel edge and/or backside clean operation. This allows for bevel and/or backside clean and dry chamber clean to be performed in the same process chamber. However, it will be understood that the dry chamber clean may be performed in a different process chamber than the bevel edge and/or backside clean operation in some embodiments. - At
block 106 of theprocess 100, an optional post-application bake (PAB) is performed after deposition of the EUV-patternable film and prior to EUV exposure. The PAB treatment may involve a combination of thermal treatment, chemical exposure, and moisture to increase the EUV sensitivity of the EUV-patternable film, reducing the EUV dose to develop a pattern in the EUV-patternable film. - At
block 150 of theprocess 100, a dry chamber clean operation of the present disclosure may be performed after a PAB treatment. This allows for bake and dry chamber clean to be performed in the same process chamber. However, it will be understood that the dry chamber clean may be performed in a different process chamber than the PAB treatment operation in some embodiments. - At
block 108 of theprocess 100, the metal-containing EUV resist film is exposed to EUV radiation to develop a pattern. Generally speaking, the EUV exposure causes a change in the chemical composition and cross-linking in the metal-containing EUV resist film, creating a contrast in etch selectivity that can be exploited for subsequent development. Following exposure of the metal-containing EUV resist film to EUV light, a photopatterned metal-containing EUV resist is provided. The photopatterned metal-containing EUV resist includes EUV-exposed and unexposed regions. - At
block 110 of theprocess 100, an optional post-exposure bake (PEB) is performed to further increase contrast in etch selectivity of the photopatterned metal-containing EUV resist. The photopatterned metal-containing EUV resist can be thermally treated in the presence of various chemical species to facilitate cross-linking of the EUV-exposed regions of the photopatterned metal-containing EUV resist or simply baked on a hot plate in ambient air. - At
block 150 of theprocess 100, a dry chamber clean operation of the present disclosure may be performed after a PEB treatment. This allows for bake and dry chamber clean to be performed in the same process chamber. However, it will be understood that the dry chamber clean may be performed in a different process chamber than the PEB treatment operation in some embodiments. - At
block 112 of theprocess 100, the photopatterned metal-containing resist is developed to form a resist mask. In various embodiments, the exposed regions are removed (positive tone) or the unexposed regions are removed (negative tone). In some embodiments, development may include selective deposition on either the exposed or unexposed regions of the photopatterned metal-containing resist, followed by an etching operation. In various embodiments, these processes may be dry processes or wet processes. Examples of processes for development involve an organotin oxide-containing EUV-sensitive photoresist thin film (e.g., 10-30 nm thick, such as 20 nm), subjected to a EUV exposure dose and post-exposure bake, and then developed. The photoresist film may be, for example, deposited based on a gas phase reaction of an organotin precursor such as isopropyl(tris)(dimethylamino)tin and water vapor, or may be a spin-on film comprising tin clusters in an organic matrix. The photopatterned metal-containing resist is developed by exposure to a development chemistry. In some embodiments, the development chemistry includes a halide-containing chemistry. - At
block 150 of theprocess 100, a dry chamber clean operation of the present disclosure may be performed after development. This allows for development and dry chamber clean to be performed in the same process chamber. However, it will be understood that the dry chamber clean may be performed in a different process chamber than the development operation in some embodiments. Moreover, it will be understood that the dry chamber clean may be performed in the same or different process chamber than an etch operation in some embodiments. The etch operation may be applied to etch a substrate underlayer of the semiconductor substrate. - Each of operations 102-112 is further elucidated below. In various embodiments, methods of the present technology combine all dry steps of film formation by vapor deposition, (EUV) lithographic photopatterning and dry development. In other embodiments, methods of the present technology include a wet deposition and a dry development, or a dry deposition and a wet development. In some processes, a substrate may directly go to a dry development/etch chamber following photopatterning in an EUV scanner. Such processes may avoid material and productivity costs associated with a wet development. Alternatively, a post exposure bake step during which the exposed regions undergo further crosslinking to form a denser SnO-like network may be conducted in the development chamber, or another chamber.
- In some embodiments, a substrate may be provided to various processing environments to perform each of operations 102-112. For example, there may be a PR deposition environment, one or more thermal treatment environments for PAB and/or
- PEB, a wafer cleaning environment, a scanning environment, and a PR development environment. As will be described below, in some embodiments one or more of these environments may be a station/pedestal within a chamber, a chamber having one or more pedestals, and/or a multi-chamber cluster tool having one or more chambers. In some embodiments, multiple operations may be performed in a single processing environment, e.g., a thermal treatment environment and a wafer cleaning environment may be the same processing environment, where both operations may be performed sequentially without moving the wafer to a different pedestal, chamber, or tool. In some embodiments, multiple processing environments may be within the same chamber or tool, e.g., a thermal treatment environment and a wafer cleaning environment may be at different stations within a quad-station module chamber. In some embodiments, a plurality of processing environments of the same type may be provided in the same tool, for example to enhance or optimize throughput in situations when one processing operation is much slower than another in a multi-operation wafer processing. Other combinations of the above-defined environments should be understood to be within the scope of this disclosure.
- Without limiting the mechanism, function or utility of present technology, dry processes of the present technology may provide various benefits relative to wet development processes among those known in the art. For example, dry vapor deposition techniques described herein can be used to deposit thinner and more defect free films than can be applied using wet spin-coating techniques, and that the exact thickness of the deposited film can be modulated and controlled simply by increasing or decreasing the length of the deposition step or sequence. Accordingly, a dry process may provide more tunability and give further critical dimension (CD) control and scum removal. Dry development can improve performance (e.g., prevent line collapse due to surface tension in wet development) and enhance throughput (e.g., by avoiding wet development track). Other advantages may include eliminating the use of organic solvent developers, reduced sensitivity to adhesion issues, avoiding the need to apply and remove wet resist formulations (e.g., avoiding scumming and pattern distortion), improving line edge roughness, patterning directly over device topography, offering the ability to tune hardmask chemistry to the specific substrate and semiconductor device design, and a lack of other solubility-based limitations.
- In some instances, a combination of wet and dry processing may be suitable or optimal, such as where substantial capital investment has been made in wet processing wafer processing apparatus whose performance can be enhanced by integrated dry processing and associated apparatus for some operations in a multi-operation process.
- Therefore, this disclosure provides processes and apparatus configured for dry development of an EUV-photopatterned metal and/or metal oxide-containing resist as part of a EUV resist mask formation process. Various embodiments include combining all dry operations of film formation by vapor deposition, (EUV) lithographic photopatterning, and dry development. Various other embodiments include dry processing operations described herein advantageously combined with wet processing operations, for example, spin-on EUV photoresists (wet process), such as available from Inpria Corp., may be combined with dry development or other wet or dry processes as described herein. In various embodiments, the wafer clean may be a wet process as described herein, while other processes are dry processes. In further embodiments, a wet development process may be used in combination with (dry) vapor deposition of a PR film.
-
FIGS. 3A-E illustrate another representative process flow for a metal photoresist hardmask formation process. Generally, a metal-containing film that is sensitive to a patterning agent such as photons, electrons, protons, ions or neutral species, such that the film can be patterned by exposure to one of these species, is deposited on a semiconductor substrate. The metal-containing film is then patterned by exposure to the patterning agent in a vacuum ambient to form the metal mask. This description references primarily metal-containing films, particularly where the metal is Sn, that are patterned by extreme ultraviolet lithography (EUV lithography (EUVL)), particularly EUVL having an EUV source which uses excited Sn droplets. Such films are referred to herein as EUV-sensitive films. However, it should be understood that other implementations are possible, including different metal-containing films and patterning agents/techniques. - Referring to
FIG. 3A , a semiconductor substrate to be patterned 100 is shown. In a typical example, thesemiconductor substrate 100 is a silicon wafer including partially-formed integrated circuits. -
FIG. 3B illustrates a metal-containingfilm 102 that is sensitive to a patterning agent deposited on thesemiconductor substrate 100. The metal-containing film may be a metal salt, for example a metal halide, or an organometallic compound sensitive to exposure to a patterning agent such that the metal-containing film gets decomposed to the base metal or is rendered sensitive to a subsequent development process. Suitable patterning agents may be photons, electrons, protons, ions or neutral species, such that the metal-containingfilm 102 can be patterned by exposure to one of these species by decomposition to the base metal or is rendered sensitive to a subsequent development process. In general, prior to the deposition, thesemiconductor substrate 100 is placed in a reactor chamber for metal-containing film deposition under vacuum. - A blanket of the metal-containing
film 102 can be formed by condensation from a suitable precursor (e.g., in a non-plasma CVD reactor, such as an Altus® CVD tool or an Aether® GP CVD tool, available from Lam Research Corporation, Fremont, Calif.). Suitable process conditions for this deposition via condensation include a deposition temperature between about 0 and 250° C., for example about from ambient temperature (e.g., 23° C.) to 150° C., and a reactor pressure of less than 20 Torr, for example maintained between 0.5 and 2 Torr at 60° C. Maintaining the precursor flow rate between about 100 and 1000 sccm allows for control of the deposition rate. - To prevent degradation due to water vapor, formation and transfer of the Sn-containing films is conducted in a vacuum-ambient. The formed film is then transferred to a EUV patterning tool and patterned via direct exposure, without the use of a photoresist, as illustrated in
FIGS. 3C-D . - It should be noted that a EUVL tool typically operates at a higher vacuum than a deposition tool. If this is the case, it is desirable to increase the vacuum environment of the substrate during the transfer from the deposition to the patterning tool to allow the substrate and deposited metal-containing film to degas prior to entry into the patterning tool. This is so that the optics of the patterning tool are not contaminated by off-gassing from the substrate.
- As shown in
FIG. 3C , the patterning results in exposed metal-containing film regions of formedmetal mask 102 a andunexposed regions 102 b of material to be removed by pattern development. - Referring to
FIG. 3D , the pattern can then be developed. Development is further discussed elsewhere herein. In some embodiments, development of the pattern can occur simply by heating the substrate to volatilize theunexposed regions 102 b of the metal-containing film, so that only the exposedregions 102 a remain as a fully-formed metal mask. It should be noted that this pattern development operation may not require vacuum integration since a thermally and environmentally stable patterned metal mask may have been formed. It may also be desirable to conduct the pattern development outside the patterning tool to avoid contaminating the tool optics with any incompatible byproducts of the metal-containing film decomposition. - Referring to
FIG. 3E , as an optional step, a pattern amplification can be done. For example selective ALD or electroless deposition (ELD) may be performed on the patterned substrate following the operations depicted inFIGS. 3C and/or 3D to build up the thickness of the metal mask with additional selectively depositedmetal 106. This may be helpful to reduce optical transmission of the mask or make it more mechanically robust. Such amplification may be accomplished, for example, by adaptation of an electroless deposition process such as that described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 6,911,067, 6,794,288, 6,902,605 and 4,935,312, the disclosures of which in this regard are incorporated by reference herein. - For example, an initial lnm seed could be amplified to 10 nm in this way. Like the pattern development discussed with reference to
FIG. 3D , this operation may not require vacuum integration since a thermally and environmentally stable patterned metal mask would have been formed before amplification. - One advantage of an all dry or partially dry film formation operation is that dry operations may be one-pass tunable processes. By changing various process conditions (as described below), an operation can be optimized. For example, a dry process for underlayer and PR deposition may be performed in two operations, while wet processes may require cleaning and bake operations before deposition of the PR film. Wet processes, by contrast, may require the use of pre-formulated solution that constrains process parameters, as well as additional passes of thermal treatment, cooling, and spin drying. A dry process may avoid any liquid solution drying steps and reduce PR delamination or line leaning/collapse.
- Another advantage of an all dry or partially dry film formation operation is enhanced control over the processing environment. A wet, spin-on process may use pre-formulated solutions and be performed at ambient pressure. A dry process may be performed under vacuum with control of, e.g., pressure, humidity, oxygen, and temperature. In embodiments where integrated processes are performed on the same tool, chamber, or station, vacuum may be maintained between dry processes, which is advantageous to control the environment of the wafer during and between processing operations. Furthermore, integrated processes may allow for reduced queue time as processes are performed within the same tool, chamber, or station.
- As discussed above, the present disclosure provides methods for making imaging layers on semiconductor substrates, which may be patterned using EUV or other next generation lithographic techniques. Methods include those where polymerized organometallic materials are produced in a vapor and deposited on a substrate. In other embodiments, a spin-on formulation may be used.
- The present technology provides methods by which EUV-sensitive thin films are deposited on a substrate, such films being operable as resists for subsequent EUV lithography and processing. Such EUV-sensitive films comprise materials which, upon exposure to EUV, undergo changes, such as the loss of bulky pendant substituents bonded to metal atoms in low density M-OH rich materials, allowing their crosslinking to denser M-O-M bonded metal oxide materials. Through EUV patterning, areas of the film are created that have altered physical or chemical properties relative to unexposed areas. These properties may be exploited in subsequent processing, such as to dissolve either unexposed or exposed areas, or to selectively deposit materials on either the exposed or unexposed areas. In some embodiments, the unexposed film has a hydrophobic surface and the exposed film has a hydrophilic surface (it being recognized that the hydrophilic properties of exposed and unexposed areas are relative to one another) under the conditions at which such subsequent processing is performed. For example, the removal of material may be performed by leveraging differences in chemical composition, density and cross-linking of the film. Removal may be by wet processing or dry processing, as further described below.
- The thickness of the EUV-patternable film formed on the surface of the substrate may vary according to the surface characteristics, materials used, and processing conditions. In various embodiments, the film thickness may range from 0.5 nm to 100 nm, and is preferably of sufficient thickness to absorb most of the EUV light under the conditions of EUV patterning. For example, the overall absorption of the resist film may be 30% or less (e.g., 10% or less, or 5% or less) so that the resist material at the bottom of the resist film is sufficiently exposed. In some embodiments, the film thickness is from 10 to 20 nm. Without limiting the mechanism, function or utility of present disclosure, it is believed that, unlike wet, spin-coating processes of the art, the processes of the present disclosure have fewer restrictions on the surface adhesion properties of the substrate, and therefore can be applied to a wide variety of substrates. Moreover, as discussed above, the deposited films may closely conform to surface features, providing advantages in forming masks over substrates, such as substrates having underlying features, without “filling in” or otherwise planarizing such features.
- Substrates useful in the methods of the present technology may include any material construct suitable for lithographic processing, particularly for the production of integrated circuits and other semiconducting devices. In some embodiments, substrates are silicon wafers. Substrates may be silicon wafers upon which features have been created (“underlying topographical features”), having an irregular surface topography. (As referred to herein, the “surface” is a surface onto which a film of the present technology is to be deposited or that is to be exposed to EUV during processing.) Such underlying topographical features may include regions in which material has been removed (e.g., by etching) or regions in which materials have been added (e.g., by deposition) during processing prior to conducting a method of this technology. Such prior processing may include methods of this technology or other processing methods in an iterative process by which two or more layers of features are formed on the substrate. Without limiting the mechanism, function or utility of present technology, it is believed that, in some embodiments, methods of the present technology offer advantages relative to methods among those known in the art in which photolithographic films are deposited on the surface of substrates using spin casting methods. Such advantages may derive from the conformance of the films of the present technology to underlying features without “filling in” or otherwise planarizing such features, and the ability to deposit films on a wide variety of material surfaces.
- In some embodiments, an incoming wafer can be prepared with a substrate surface of a desired material, with the uppermost material being the layer into which the resist pattern is transferred. While the material selection may vary depending on integration, it is generally desired to select a material which can be etched with high selectivity to (i.e., much faster than) the EUV resist or imaging layer. Suitable substrate materials can include various carbon—based films (e.g., ashable hard mask (AHM), silicon based films (e.g., SiOx, SiOxNy, SiOxCyNz), a-Si:H, poly-Si, or SiN), or any other (generally sacrificial) film applied to facilitate the patterning process.
- In some embodiments, the substrate is a hard mask, which is used in lithographic etching of an underlying semiconductor material. The hard mask may comprise any of a variety of materials, including amorphous carbon (a-C), SnOx, SiO2, SiOxNy, SiOxC, Si3N4, TiO2, TiN, W, W-doped C, WOx, HfO2, ZrO2, and Al2O3. For example, the substrate may preferably comprise SnOx, such as SnO2. In various embodiments, the layer may be from 1 nm to 100 nm thick, or from 2 nm to 10 nm thick.
- In some embodiments, a substrate comprises an underlayer. An underlayer may be deposited on a hard mask or other layer and is generally underneath an imaging layer as described herein. An underlayer may be used to improve the sensitivity of a PR, increase EUV absorptivity, and/or increase the patterning performance of the PR. In cases where there are device features present on the substrate to be patterned which create significant topography, another important function of the underlayer can be to overcoat and planarize the existing topography so that the subsequent patterning step may be performed on a flat surface with all areas of the pattern in focus. For such applications, the underlayer (or at least one of multiple underlayers) may be applied using spin-coating techniques. When the photoresist material being employed possesses a significant inorganic component, for example it exhibits a predominately metal oxide framework, the underlayer may advantageously be a carbon-based film, applied either by spin-coating or by dry vacuum based deposition processes. The layer may include various ashable hard mask (AHM) films with carbon and hydrogen based compositions and may be doped with additional elements such as tungsten, boron, nitrogen, or fluorine. Methods and apparatus among those useful in such processes are described in U.S. Patent Application 62,909,4309, filed Oct. 2, 2019, incorporated by reference herein for its disclosure of the methods and apparatus.
- In various embodiments, the EUV-patternable films are made and deposited on the substrate using vapor deposition equipment and processes among those known in the art. In such processes, the polymerized organometallic material is formed in vapor phase or in situ on the surface of the substrate.
- In general, methods comprise mixing a vapor stream of an organometallic precursor with a vapor stream of a counter-reactant so as to form a polymerized organometallic material, and depositing the organometallic material onto the surface of the semiconductor substrate. As will be understood by one of ordinary skill in the art, the mixing and depositing aspects of the process may be concurrent, in a substantially continuous process. Methods and apparatus among those useful in such processes are described in Application PCT/US2019/031618, filed May 9, 2019 and Application PCT/US2019/060742, filed Nov. 11, 2019, incorporated by reference herein for its disclosure of the methods and apparatus, in particular various organometallic precursors. EUV-sensitive thin films may be deposited on the semiconductor substrate, such films being operable as resists for subsequent EUV lithography and processing. Such EUV-sensitive thin films comprise materials which, upon exposure to EUV, undergo changes, such as the loss of bulky pendant substituents bonded to metal atoms in low density M-OH rich materials, allowing their crosslinking to denser M-O-M bonded metal oxide materials. Through EUV patterning, areas of the film are created that have altered physical or chemical properties relative to unexposed areas. These properties may be exploited in subsequent processing, such as to dissolve either unexposed or exposed areas, or to selectively deposit materials on either the exposed or unexposed areas. In some embodiments, the unexposed film has a more hydrophobic surface than the exposed film under the conditions at which such subsequent processing is performed. For example, the removal of material may be performed by leveraging differences in chemical composition, density and cross-linking of the film. Removal may be by wet processing or dry processing, as further described below.
- The thin films are, in various embodiments, organometallic materials, for example organotin materials comprising tin oxide, or other metal oxide materials/moieties. The organometallic compounds may be made in a vapor phase reaction of an organometallic precursor with a counter reactant. In various embodiments, the organometallic compounds are formed through mixing specific combinations of organometallic precursors having bulky alkyl groups or fluoroalkyl with counter-reactants and polymerizing the mixture in the vapor phase to produce a low-density, EUV-sensitive material that deposits onto the semiconductor substrate.
- In various embodiments, organometallic precursors comprise at least one alkyl group on each metal atom that can survive the vapor-phase reaction, while other ligands or ions coordinated to the metal atom can be replaced by the counter-reactants. Organometallic precursors include those of the formula:
-
MaRbLc (Formula 1) - wherein: M is a metal with a high EUV absorption cross-section; R is alkyl, such as CnH2n+1, preferably wherein n≥2; L is a ligand, ion or other moiety which is reactive with the counter-reactant; a≥1; b≥1; and c≥1.
- In various embodiments, M has an atomic absorption cross section equal to or greater than 1×107 cm2/mol. M may be, for example, selected from the group consisting of tin, hafnium, tellurium, bismuth, indium, antimony, germanium, and combinations thereof. In some embodiments, M is tin. R may be fluorinated, e.g., having the formula CnFXH(2n+1). In various embodiments, R has at least one beta-hydrogen or beta-fluorine. For example, R may be selected from the group consisting of ethyl, i-propyl, n-propyl, t-butyl, i-butyl, n-butyl, sec- butyl, n-pentyl, i-pentyl, t-pentyl, sec-pentyl, and mixtures thereof. L may be any moiety readily displaced by a counter-reactant to generate an M-OH moiety, such as a moiety selected from the group consisting of amines (such as dialkylamino, monoalkylamino), alkoxy, carboxylates, halogens, and mixtures thereof.
- Counter-reactants have the ability to replace the reactive moieties, ligands or ions (e.g., L in Formula 1, above) so as to link at least two metal atoms via chemical bonding. Counter-reactants can include water, peroxides (e.g., hydrogen peroxide), di- or polyhydroxy alcohols, fluorinated di- or polyhydroxy alcohols, fluorinated glycols, and other sources of hydroxyl moieties. In various embodiments, a counter-reactant reacts with the organometallic precursor by forming oxygen bridges between neighboring metal atoms.
- Other potential counter-reactants include hydrogen sulfide and hydrogen disulfide, which can crosslink metal atoms via sulfur bridges. In other instances, Te-containing precursors may be used counter-reactants with or instead of water to form Te—Sn—Te—Sn cross-links, for example. Suitable tellurium co-reactants for use with Sn(NMe2)x type precursors are RTeH or RTeD (D=deuterium) and R2Te precursors, with R=alkyl groups, particularly t-butyl or isopropyl, such as t-butylTeD. For use with M(OR)x type precursors, Bis(trimethylsilyl)Te may be used, for example.
- The thin films may include optional materials in addition to an organometallic precursor and counter-reactants to modify the chemical or physical properties of the film, such as to modify the sensitivity of the film to EUV or enhancing etch resistance. Such optional materials may be introduced, such as by doping during vapor phase formation prior to deposition on the semiconductor substrate, after deposition of the thin film, or both. In some embodiments, a gentle remote H2 plasma may be introduced so as to replace some Sn—L bonds with Sn—H, which can increase reactivity of the resist under EUV.
- In various embodiments, the EUV-patternable films are made and deposited on the semiconductor substrate using vapor deposition equipment and processes among those known in the art. In such processes, the polymerized organometallic material is formed in vapor phase or in situ on the surface of the semiconductor substrate. Suitable processes include, for example, chemical vapor deposition (CVD), atomic layer deposition (ALD), and ALD with a CVD component, such as a discontinuous, ALD-like process in which metal precursors and counter-reactants are separated in either time or space.
- In general, methods comprise mixing a vapor stream of an organometallic precursor with a vapor stream of a counter-reactant so as to form a polymerized organometallic material, and depositing the organometallic material onto the surface of the semiconductor substrate. In some embodiments, more than one organometallic precursor is included in the vapor stream. In some embodiments, more than one counter-reactant is included in the vapor stream. As will be understood by one of ordinary skill in the art, the mixing and depositing aspects of the process may be concurrent, in a substantially continuous process.
- In an example continuous CVD process, two or more gas streams, in separate inlet paths, of organometallic precursor and source of counter-reactant are introduced to the deposition chamber of a CVD apparatus, where they mix and react in the gas phase, to form agglomerated polymeric materials (e.g., via metal-oxygen-metal bond formation). The streams may be introduced, for example, using separate injection inlets or a dual-plenum showerhead. The apparatus is configured so that the streams of organometallic precursor and counter-reactant are mixed in the chamber, allowing the organometallic precursor and counter-reactant to react to form a polymerized organometallic material. Without limiting the mechanism, function, or utility of present technology, it is believed that the product from such vapor-phase reaction becomes heavier in molecular weight as metal atoms are crosslinked by counter-reactants, and is then condensed or otherwise deposited onto the semiconductor substrate. In various embodiments, the steric hindrance of the bulky alkyl groups prevents the formation of densely packed network and produces smooth, amorphous, low-density films.
- The CVD process is generally conducted at reduced pressures, such as from 10 milliTorr to 10 Torr. In some embodiments, the process is conducted at from 0.5 to 2 Torr. In some embodiments, the temperature of the semiconductor substrate is at or below the temperature of the reactant streams. For example, the substrate temperature may be from 0° C. to 250° C., or from ambient temperature (e.g., 23° C.) to 150° C. In various processes, deposition of the polymerized organometallic material on the substrate occurs at rates inversely proportional to surface temperature.
- The thickness of the EUV-patternable film formed on the surface of the semiconductor substrate may vary according to the surface characteristics, materials used, and processing conditions. In various embodiments, the film thickness may range from 0.5 nm to 100 nm, and may be a sufficient thickness to absorb most of the EUV light under the conditions of EUV patterning. The EUV-patternable film may be able to accommodate absorption equal to or greater than 30%, thereby having significantly fewer EUV photons available towards the bottom of the EUV-patternable film. Higher EUV absorption leads to more cross-linking and densification near the top of an EUV-exposed film compared to the bottom of the EUV-exposed film. Though efficient utilization of EUV photons may occur with EUV-patternable films having higher overall absorption, it will be understood that in some instances, the EUV-patternable film may be less than about 30%. For comparison, the maximum overall absorption of most other resist films are less than 30% (e.g., 10% or less, or 5% or less) so that the resist material at the bottom of the resist film is sufficiently exposed. In some embodiments, the film thickness is from 5 nm to 40 nm or from 10 nm to 20 nm. Without limiting the mechanism, function, or utility of present disclosure, it is believed that, unlike wet, spin-coating processes of the art, the processes of the present disclosure have fewer restrictions on the surface adhesion properties of the substrate, and therefore can be applied to a wide variety of substrates. Moreover, as discussed above, the deposited films may closely conform to surface features, providing advantages in forming masks over substrates, such as substrates having underlying features, without “filling in” or otherwise planarizing such features.
- In some embodiments of the techniques discussed herein, another strategy that can further improve the EUV sensitivity in a PR film is to create a film where the film composition is vertically graded, resulting in depth-dependent EUV sensitivity. In a homogenous PR with a high absorption coefficient, the decreasing light intensity throughout the film depth necessitates a higher EUV dose to ensure the bottom is sufficiently exposed. By increasing the density of atoms with high EUV absorptivity at the bottom of the film relative to the top of the film (i.e., by creating a gradient with increasing EUV absorption) it becomes possible to more efficiently utilize available EUV photons while more uniformly distributing absorption (and the effects of secondary electrons) towards the bottom of more highly absorbing films.
- The strategy of engineering a vertical composition gradient in a PR film is particularly applicable to dry deposition methods such as CVD and ALD and can be realized by tuning the flow ratios between different reactants during deposition. The type of composition gradients that can be engineered include: the ratios between different high-absorbing metals, the percentage of metal atoms that have EUV- cleavable bulky groups, the percentages of bulky groups or counter-reactants that contain high-absorbing elements (such as Te, and I), and combinations of the above. Further discussion of vertically graded films is found in Application PCT/US20/70172, filed Jun. 24, 2020, incorporated by reference herein for its disclosure of the methods and apparatus.
- During application of an EUV photoresist film to a substrate, either by conventional wet, e.g., spin-on, processing or dry deposition as described herein, there may be some unintended deposition of resist material on the wafer bevel edge and/or backside. This bevel edge and backside deposition can cause downstream processing problems, including contamination of the patterning (scanner) and development tools. Conventionally, removal of this bevel edge and backside deposition is done by wet cleaning techniques.
- The current state-of-the-art for cleaning spin-coated metal-organic photoresists is by wet-clean processing. An edge bead removal (EBR) is performed on a wet track on both the front and the backside of a wafer. A nozzle is positioned over the edge of the wafer on both the frontside and the backside of the wafer, and solvent is dispensed while the wafer is rotating. An organic solvent (for example: PGME, PGMEA, 2-heptanone) dissolves the photoresist on the edge, cleaning the bevel edge region. If the backside is contaminated, the wafer needs to go to another wet clean station for backside cleaning of the wafer. For spin-coating, the wafer region contacting the chuck typically remains clean and a separate backside clean is not always used. Additional cleans such as dilute hydrofluoric acid (dHF), dilute hydrochloric acid (dHCl), dilute sulfuric acid, or standard clean 1 (SC-1) may be necessary to reduce metals contamination. Before entering the EUV scanner, a backside scrub is commonly performed.
- Solvents used in wet-clean processing inherently have issues of high cost for both acquisition and disposal. Such solvents may become hazardous to the environment and present health concerns. Wet-clean processing may be limited by uniformity of removal of the EUV resist material on the bevel edge regions. Due to surface tension and vapor concerns, the removal is often wavy and does not result in crisp removal of the EUV resist material at the bevel edge regions. Additionally, backsplashes using organic solvents can generate defects on the frontside of the wafer. The wet-clean processing is typically performed in a stand-alone tool/chamber, and so wafers need to be transferred after deposition in between tools/chambers. This can result in contamination of the tools/chambers used in backside and/or bevel edge cleaning.
- Described herein is a cleaning process to clean a backside and/or bevel edge of the semiconductor substrate. The backside and/or bevel edge clean may non-selectively etch EUV resist film to equally remove film with various levels of oxidation or crosslinking on the substrate backside and bevel edge. During application of the EUV-patternable film, either by wet deposition processing or dry deposition processing, there may be some unintended deposition of resist material on the substrate bevel edge and/or backside. The unintended deposition may lead to undesirable particles later moving to a top surface of the semiconductor substrate and becoming particle defects. Moreover, this bevel edge and backside deposition can cause downstream processing problems, including contamination of the patterning (scanner) and development tools. Conventionally, removal of this bevel edge and backside deposition is done by wet cleaning techniques. For spin-coated photoresist material, this process is called edge bead removal (EBR) and is performed by directing a stream of solvent from above and below the bevel edge while the substrate is spinning The same process can be applied to soluble organotin oxide-based resists deposited by vapor deposition techniques.
- The substrate bevel edge and/or backside clean may also be a dry clean process. In some embodiments, the dry clean process involves a vapor and/or plasma having one or more of the following gases: HBr, HCl, HI, BCl3, SOCl2, Cl2, BBr3, H2, O2, PCl3, CH4, methanol, ammonia, formic acid, NF3, HF. In some embodiments, the dry clean process may use the same chemistries as a dry development process described herein. For example, the bevel edge and backside clean may use hydrogen halide development chemistry. For the backside and bevel edge clean process, the vapor and/or the plasma has to be limited to a specific region of the substrate to ensure that only the backside and the bevel are removed, without any film degradation on a frontside of the substrate.
- Process conditions may be optimized for bevel edge and backside clean. In some embodiments, higher temperature, higher pressure, and/or higher reactant flow may lead to increased etch rate. Suitable process conditions for a dry bevel edge and backside clean may be: reactant flow of 100-10000 sccm (e.g., 500 sccm HCl, HBr, HI, or H2 and Cl2 or Br2, BCl3 or H2), temperature of 20 to 140° C. (e.g., 80° C.), pressure of 20-1000 mTorr (e.g., 100 mTorr), plasma power of 0 to 500 W at high frequency (e.g., 13.56 MHz), and for a time of about 10 to 20 seconds, dependent on the photoresist film and composition and properties. ft should be understood that while these conditions are suitable for some processing reactors, e.g., a Kiyo etch tool available from Lam Research Corporation, Fremont, Calif., a wider range of process conditions may be used according to the capabilities of the processing reactor.
- Further discussion of bevel edge and backside cleaning is found in Application PCT/US20/70187, filed Jun. 25, 2020, and/or in Application PCT/US20/39615, filed Jun. 25, 2020, incorporated by reference herein for all purposes.
- The dry-cleaning operation may alternatively be extended to a full photoresist removal or photoresist “rework” in which an applied EUV photoresist is removed and the semiconductor substrate prepared for photoresist reapplication, such as when the original photoresist is damaged or otherwise defective. Photoresist rework should be accomplished without damaging the underlying semiconductor substrate, so an oxygen-based etch should be avoided. Instead, variants of halide-containing chemistries as described herein may be used. It will be understood that the photoresist rework operation may be applied at any stage during the
process 100. Thus, the photoresist rework operation may be applied after photoresist deposition, after bevel edge and backside clean, after PAB treatment, after EUV exposure, after PEB treatment, or after development. In some embodiments, the photoresist rework may be performed for non-selective removal of exposed and unexposed regions of the photoresist but selective to an underlayer. - In some embodiments, the photoresist rework process involves a vapor and/or plasma having one or more of the following gases: HBr, HCl, HI, BCl3, Cl2, BBr3, H2, PCl3, CH4, methanol, ammonia, formic acid, NF3, HF. In some embodiments, the photoresist rework process may use the same chemistries as a dry development process described herein. For example, the photoresist rework may use hydrogen halide development chemistry.
- Process conditions may be optimized for the photoresist rework. In some embodiments, higher temperature, higher pressure, and/or higher reactant flow may lead to increased etch rate. Suitable process conditions for a photoresist rework may be: reactant flow of 100-500 sccm (e.g., 500 sccm HCl, HBr, HI, BCl3 or H2 and Cl2 or Br2), temperature of 20 to 140° C. (e.g., 80° C.), pressure of 20-1000 mTorr (e.g., 300 mTorr), plasma power of 300 to 800 W (e.g., 500 W) at high frequency (e.g., 13.56 MHz), wafer bias of 0 to 200 Yb (a higher bias may be used with harder underlying substrate materials) and for a time of about 20 seconds to 3 minutes, sufficient to completely remove the EUV photoresist, dependent on the photoresist film and composition and properties. It should be understood that while these conditions are suitable for some processing reactors, e.g., a Kiyo etch tool available from Lam Research Corporation, Fremont, Calif., a wider range of process conditions may be used according to the capabilities of the processing reactor.
- Further discussion of bevel edge and backside cleaning, or PR rework, is found in Application PCT/US20/39615, filed Jun. 25, 2020, incorporated by reference herein for all purposes.
- Photolithography processes typically involve one or more bake steps, to facilitate the chemical reactions required to produce chemical contrast between exposed and unexposed areas of the photoresist. For high volume manufacturing (HVM), such bake steps are typically performed on tracks where the wafers are baked on a hot-plate at a pre-set temperature under ambient-air or in some cases N2 flow. More careful control of the bake ambient as well as introduction of additional reactive gas component in the ambient during these bake steps can help further reduce the dose requirement and/or improve pattern fidelity.
- According to various aspects of this disclosure, one or more post treatments to metal and/or metal oxide-based photoresists after deposition (e.g., post-application bake (PAB)) and/or exposure (e.g., post-exposure bake (PEB)) are capable of increasing material property differences between exposed and unexposed photoresist and therefore decreasing dose to size (DtS), improving PR profile, and improving line edge and width roughness (LER/LWR) after subsequent dry development. The PAB treatment may involve a combination of thermal treatment, chemical exposure, and moisture to increase the EUV sensitivity of the EUV-patternable film, reducing the EUV dose to develop a pattern in the EUV-patternable film. The PAB treatment temperature may be tuned and optimized for increasing the sensitivity of the EUV-patternable film. For example, the treatment temperature may be between about 90° C. and about 200° C. or between about 150° C. and about 190° C. In some embodiments, the PAB treatment may be conducted with a pressure between atmospheric and vacuum, and a treatment duration of about 1 to 15 minutes, for example about 2 minutes. In some embodiments, the PAB treatment is conducted at a temperature between about 100° C. to 200° C. for about 1 minute to 2 minutes.
- At
block 108 of theprocess 100, the metal-containing EUV resist film is exposed to EUV radiation to develop a pattern. Generally speaking, the EUV exposure causes a change in the chemical composition and cross-linking in the metal-containing EUV resist film, creating a contrast in etch selectivity that can be exploited for subsequent development. - The metal-containing EUV resist film may then be patterned by exposing a region of the film to EUV light, typically under relatively high vacuum. EUV devices and imaging methods among those useful herein include methods known in the art. In particular, as discussed above, exposed areas of the film are created through EUV patterning that have altered physical or chemical properties relative to unexposed areas. For example, in exposed areas, metal-carbon bond cleavage may occur, as through a beta-hydride elimination, leaving behind reactive and accessible metal hydride functionality that can be converted to hydroxide and cross-linked metal oxide moieties via metal-oxygen bridges during a subsequent post-exposure bake (PEB) step. This process can be used to create chemical contrast for development as a negative tone resist. In general, a greater number of beta-H in the alkyl group results in a more sensitive film. This can also be explained as weaker Sn—C bonding with more branching. Following exposure, the metal-containing EUV resist film may be baked, so as to cause additional cross-linking of the metal oxide film. The difference in properties between exposed and unexposed areas may be exploited in subsequent processing, such as to dissolve unexposed areas or to deposit materials on the exposed areas. For example the pattern can be developed using a dry method to form a metal oxide-containing mask.
- In particular, in various embodiments, the hydrocarbyl-terminated tin oxide present on the surface is converted to hydrogen-terminated tin oxide in the exposed region(s) of an imaging layer, particularly when the exposure is performed in a vacuum using EUV. However, removing exposed imaging layers from vacuum into air, or the controlled introduction of oxygen, ozone, H2O2, or water, can result in the oxidation of surface Sn—H into Sn—OH. The difference in properties between exposed and unexposed regions may be exploited in subsequent processing, such as by reacting the irradiated region, the unirradiated region, or both, with one or more reagents to selectively add material to or remove material from the imaging layer.
- Without limiting the mechanism, function or utility of present technology, EUV exposure, for example, at doses of from 10 mJ/cm2 to 100 mJ/cm2 results in the cleavage of Sn—C bonds resulting is loss of the alkyl substituent, alleviating steric hindrance and allowing the low-density film to collapse. In addition, reactive metal-H bond generated in the beta-hydride elimination reactions can react with neighboring active groups such as hydroxyls in the film, leading to further cross-linking and densification, and creating chemical contrast between exposed and unexposed region(s).
- Following exposure of the metal-containing EUV resist film to EUV light, a photopatterned metal-containing EUV resist is provided. The photopatterned metal-containing EUV resist includes EUV-exposed and unexposed regions.
- In some embodiments, a post-exposure bake (PEB) is performed to further increase contrast in etch selectivity of the photopatterned metal-containing EUV resist. The photopatterned metal-containing EUV resist can be thermally treated in the presence of various chemical species to facilitate cross-linking of the EUV-exposed regions or simply baked on a hot plate in ambient air, for example between 150° C. and 250° C. for between one and five minutes (e.g., 190° C. for two minutes).
- In various embodiments, a bake strategy involves careful control of the bake ambient, introduction of reactive gases, and/or careful control of the ramping rate of the bake temperature. Examples of useful reactive gases include e.g., air, H2O, H2O2 vapor, CO2, CO, O2, O3, CH4, CH3OH, N2, H2, NH3, N2O, NO, alcohol, acetyl acetone, formic acid, Ar, He, or their mixtures. The PEB treatment is designed to (1) drive complete evaporation of organic fragments that are generated during EUV exposure and (2) oxidize any Sn—H, Sn—Sn, or Sn radical species generated by EUV exposure into metal hydroxide, and (3) facilitate cross-linking between neighboring Sn—OH groups to form a more densely crosslinked SnO2-like network. The bake temperature is carefully selected to achieve optimal EUV lithographic performance. Too low a PEB temperature would lead to insufficient cross-linking, and consequently less chemical contrast for development at a given dose. Too high a PEB temperature would also have detrimental impacts, including severe oxidation and film shrinkage in the unexposed region (the region that is removed by development of the patterned film to form the mask in this example), as well as, undesired interdiffusion at the interface between the photopatterned metal-containing EUV resist and an underlayer, both of which can contribute to loss of chemical contrast and an increase in defect density due to insoluble scum. The PEB treatment temperature may be between about 100° C. and about 300° C., between about 170° C. and about 290° C., or between about 200° C. and about 240° C. In some embodiments, the PEB treatment may be conducted with a pressure between atmospheric and vacuum, and a treatment duration of about 1 to 15 minutes, for example about 2 minutes. In some embodiments, PEB thermal treatment may be repeated to further increase etch selectivity.
- Additionally, the ramping rate of the bake temperature in either PAB or PEB treatments is another useful process parameter that can be manipulated to fine-tune the cross-linking/etch selectivity results. Alternatively, the PAB and PEB thermal process can be done in either a single operation or multiple operations using different process conditions such as ambient gases or mixtures, temperatures, pressures, etc. for each operation, to modulate the PR properties and therefore to tune different etch selectivity.
- In alternate embodiment, either or both of the post-application and past-exposure treatments may involve a remote plasma process, together with or instead or thermal processing, to generate radicals for to react with the metal-containing photoresist to modify its material properties. In such implementations, the radicals may be generated from the same or different gas species.
- In various embodiments, treating the metal-containing photoresist to modify material properties of the metal-containing photoresist both precedes and follows exposing the metal-containing photoresist to EUV lithography (e.g., PAB and PEB). Further discussion of PAB and PEB operations is found in U.S. Patent Application 62/970,020, filed Feb. 4, 2020, and Application PCT/US20/70171, filed Jun. 24, 2020, incorporated by reference herein for all purposes.
- Extreme ultraviolet (EUV) lithography can extend lithographic technology beyond its optical limits by moving to smaller imaging source wavelengths achievable with current photolithography methods to pattern small critical dimension features. EUV light sources at approximately 13.5 nm wavelength can be used for leading-edge lithography tools, also referred to as scanners. The EUV radiation is strongly absorbed in a wide range of solid and fluid materials including quartz and water vapor, and so operates in a vacuum.
- The present technology also provides methods wherein the imaging layer is patterned by exposing a region of the imaging layer to irradiation, such as EUV, DUV or e-beam. In such patterning, the radiation is focused on one or more regions of the imaging layer. The exposure is typically performed such that imaging layer film comprises one or more regions that are not exposed to the radiation. The resulting imaging layer may comprise a plurality of exposed and unexposed regions, creating a pattern consistent with the creation of transistor or other features of a semiconductor device, formed by addition or removal of material from the substrate in subsequent processing of the substrate. EUV, DUV and e-beam radiation methods and equipment among useful herein include methods and equipment known in the art.
- A vacuum-integrated metal hardmask process and related vacuum-integrated hardware that combines film formation (deposition/condensation) and optical lithography with the result of greatly improved EUV lithography (EUVL) performance—e.g. reduced line edge roughness—is disclosed herein.
- In various embodiments described herein, a deposition (e.g., condensation) process (e.g., ALD or MOCVD carried out in a PECVD tool, such as the Lam Vector®) can be used to form a thin film of a metal-containing film, such a photosensitive metal salt or metal-containing organic compound (organometallic compound), with a strong absorption in the EUV (e.g., at wavelengths on the order of 10-20 nm), for example at the wavelength of the EUVL light source (e.g., 13.5 nm=91.8 eV). This film photo-decomposes upon EUV exposure and forms a metal mask that is the pattern transfer layer during subsequent etching (e.g., in a conductor etch tool, such as the Lam 2300® Kiyo®).
- Following deposition, the EUV-patternable thin film is patterned by exposure to a beam of EUV light, typically under relatively high vacuum. For EUV exposure, the metal-containing film can then be deposited in a chamber integrated with a lithography platform (e.g., a wafer stepper such as the TWINSCAN NXE: 3300B® platform supplied by ASML of Veldhoven, NL) and transferred under vacuum so as not to react before exposure. Integration with the lithography tool is facilitated by the fact that EUVL also requires a greatly reduced pressure given the strong optical absorption of the incident photons by ambient gases such as H2O, O2, etc. In other embodiments, the photosensitive metal film deposition and EUV exposure may be conducted in the same chamber.
- It should also be noted that while this disclosure primarily references EUVL as a patterning technique, alternative embodiments could use a focused beam of electrons, ions or neutral species to directly write the pattern onto the blanket mask, where these steps are also performed in vacuum. In-situ chamber cleaning may be used if byproducts condense on the reflective optics of the EUVL system.
- In particular, as discussed above, areas of the film are created through EUV patterning that have altered physical or chemical properties relative to unexposed areas. For example, in exposed areas, metal-carbon bond cleavage may occur via beta-hydride elimination, leaving behind reactive and accessible metal hydride functionality that can be converted to hydroxide and cross-linked metal oxide moieties via metal-oxygen bridges, which can be used to create chemical contrast either as a negative tone resist or as a template for hard mask. In general, a greater number of beta-H in the alkyl group results in a more sensitive film. Following exposure, the film may be baked, so as to cause additional cross-linking of the metal oxide film.
- Without limiting the mechanism, function or utility of present technology, EUV exposure, for example, at doses of from 10 mJ/cm2 to 100 mJ/cm2, may alleviate steric hindrance and provide space for the low-density film to collapse. In addition, reactive metal-H bond generated in the beta-hydride elimination reactions can react with neighboring active groups such as hydroxyls in the film, leading to further cross-linking and densification, and creating chemical contrast between exposed and unexposed area.
- The vacuum-integration of film deposition and lithography processes and apparatus described herein provides EUV-sensitive metal film deposition and subsequently patterning directly by direct EUV exposure in a vacuum ambient to prevent their decomposition or degradation. EUVL is done in a vacuum to avoid degradation of the incident 13.5nm light flux by optical absorption of ambient gases. Among the advantages of described vacuum-integrated hardmask processes are: Vacuum operation of the EUV system opens up the possibility of using compounds that are oxygen and moisture sensitive; vacuum integration of the deposition system with the EUV system in an apparatus enables use of these materials. Photo decomposition of a metal precursor creates a non-linear reaction where the photo decomposition is enhanced by the increased adsorption of the metal film. Metals are better at thermalization of high energy secondary electrons than photoresist, thereby improving contrast or LER. Using metal film directly as masks or with pattern amplification allows much thinner films and reduce required exposure times. Metal films make better hardmasks for etch and decrease the thickness required from a mask perspective. Moreover, further development and optimization of materials compatible with the EUV vacuum and optics, organometalic precursors with appropriate dose thresholds for metal deposition, and nucleation films with multiple photo decomposition events to eliminate a nucleation site in a given space may proceed in accordance with the processes described herein.
- Further discussion of lithographic irradiation operations is found in U.S. patent application Ser. 14/610,038, filed Jan. 30, 2015, incorporated by reference herein for all purposes.
- As describe above, photolithography processes typically involve one or more bake steps to facilitate the chemical reactions required to produce chemical contrast between exposed and unexposed areas of the photoresist. Baking may be performed after depositing an imaging layer/before EUV exposure (e.g., post-application bake (PAB)) and/or exposure to EUV (e.g., post-exposure bake (PEB)).
- In various embodiments, a bake strategy involves careful control of the bake ambient, introduction of reactive gases, and/or careful control of the ramping rate of the bake temperature. In some embodiments, the PEB strategies discussed above may be used. Such strategies can be particularly useful for metal oxide based EUV photoresist (PR).
- In a typical EUV lithography work flow, the spin-on metal oxide resist materials typically experience two bake steps: one after the application of the resist to evaporate any residual solvent absorbed in the film, and another after EUV exposure. The second bake, commonly referred to as PEB, is designed for multiple purposes: 1) to drive complete evaporation of the organic fragments that are generated during EUV exposure; 2) to oxidize the metal hydride species (the other product from the beta-H elimination reaction during EUV exposure) into metal hydroxide; and 3) to facilitate the cross-linking between neighboring —OH groups and form a cross-linked metal oxide network. The bake temperature is carefully selected to achieve optimal EUV lithographic performance. Too low a PEB temperature would lead to incomplete removal of organic fragments as well as insufficient cross-linking, and consequently less chemical contrast for development at a given dose. Too high a PEB temperature would also have detrimental impacts, including severe oxidation and film shrinkage in the unexposed area (the area that is removed by development of the patterned film to form the mask in this example), as well as, undesired interdiffusion at the interface between PR and an underlayer, both of which will contribute to loss of chemical contrasts and an increase in defect density due to insoluble scum. Having the bake temperature and bake time as the only knobs, the tunability and process window is often very limited.
- As discussed above, careful control on the bake ambient and introduction of reactive gas species during the PEB process, as described herein, provides an additional chemistry knob to fine-tune the cross-linking process. The ability to tune the kinetics of cross-linking behavior in PR materials would provide a wider process window that would allow for further optimization of lithographic performance by minimizing interdiffusion and other relevant defect formation mechanisms. Additionally, the ramping rate of the bake temperature and control of pressure (atmospheric pressure and below) are another useful process parameters that can be manipulated to fine-tune the cross-linking process.
- Further discussion of PAB and PEB operations is found in U.S. Patent Application 62/970,020, filed Feb. 4, 2020, and Application PCT/US20/70171, filed Jun. 24, 2020, incorporated by reference herein for all purposes.
- Following EUV exposure and potentially a PEB, the selectivity between exposed and unexposed regions of the imaging layer is exploited by dry development, wet development, or area-selective ALD. For example, dry or wet development processes may remove the unexposed regions and leave the exposed regions. The subsequent processing of the imaging layer, following EUV exposure, will depend on the substrate materials and the desired features of the semiconducting device made using the substrate. For example, features may be created on the substrate by various lithographic techniques, such as films which become selectively soluble in dry or liquid developers in either exposed (positive tone) or unexposed (negative tone) areas defined by a patterned exposure tool.
- Dry development can improve performance (e.g., prevent line collapse due to surface tension in wet development) and enhance throughput (e.g., by avoiding the need for a wet development track). Other advantages of dry development and/or all-dry processing may include eliminating the use of organic solvent developers, reduced sensitivity to adhesion issues, increased EUV absorption for improved dose efficiency, and a lack of solubility-based limitations.
- EUV Photoresist Dry Development
- As discussed above, exposed areas of a film are created through EUV patterning that have altered physical or chemical properties relative to unexposed areas. For example, in exposed areas, metal-carbon bond cleavage may occur via beta-hydride elimination, leaving behind reactive and accessible metal hydride functionality that can be converted to hydroxide and cross-linked metal oxide moieties via metal-oxygen bridges, which can be used to create chemical contrast either as a negative tone resist or as a template for hard mask. In general, a greater number of beta-H in the alkyl group results in a more sensitive film. Following exposure, the film may be baked, so as to cause additional cross-linking of the metal oxide film.
- The difference in properties between exposed and unexposed areas may be exploited in subsequent processing, such as to dissolve unexposed areas or to deposit materials on the exposed areas. For example the pattern can be developed using a dry method to form a metal oxide-containing mask. Methods and apparatus among those useful in such processes are described in Application PCT/US2019/067540, filed Dec. 19, 2019, Application PCT/US20/39615, filed Jun. 25, 2020, and U.S. Pat. App. No. 62/912,330, filed Oct. 8, 2019 incorporated by reference herein for its disclosure of the methods and apparatus.
- In thermal development processes, the photopatterned metal-containing EUV resist is exposed to development chemistry at a temperature that is optimized for etch selectivity between exposed and unexposed regions. Lower temperatures may increase contrast in etch selectivity while higher temperatures may decrease contrast in etch selectivity. In some embodiments, a temperature may be between about −60° C. and about 120° C., between about −20° C. and about 60° C., or between about −20° C. and about 20° C., such as about −10° C. Chamber pressure may be tuned, where chamber pressure may influence etch selectivity between exposed and unexposed regions during development. In some embodiments, the chamber pressure may be relatively low and accompanied without dilution, where the chamber pressure may be between about 0.1 mTorr and about 300 mTorr, between about 0.2 mTorr and about 100 mTorr, or between about 0.5 mTorr and about 50 mTorr. In some embodiments, the chamber pressure may be between about 20 mTorr and about 800 mTorr, or between about 20 mTorr and about 500 mTorr, such as about 300 mTorr. In some embodiments, the chamber pressure may be relatively high with high flow and accompanied by dilution, where the chamber pressure may be between about 100 Torr and about 760 Torr or between about 200 Torr and about 760 Torr. Reactant flow rate may be tuned, where reactant flow may influence etch selectivity between exposed and unexposed regions during development. In some embodiments, reactant flow may be between about 50 sccm and about 2000 sccm, between about 100 sccm and about 2000 sccm, or between about 100 sccm and about 1000 sccm, such as about 500 sccm. In instances with high flow, reactant flow may be between about 1 L and about 10 L. Duration of exposure may be tuned in the thermal development process. The duration of exposure may depend on how much resist is desired to be removed, development chemistry, amount of crosslinking in the resist, and composition and properties of the resist, among other factors. In some embodiments, duration of exposure may be between about 5 seconds and about 5 minutes, between about 10 seconds and about 3 minutes, or between about 10 seconds and about 1 minute.
- Thermal development processes may expose the photopatterned metal-containing EUV resist to certain halide-containing chemistries in the vapor or liquid phase. In some embodiments, the development chemistry includes a hydrogen halide, hydrogen and halogen gas, boron trichloride, an organic halide, an acyl halide, a carbonyl halide, a thionyl halide, or mixtures thereof. A hydrogen halide can include but is not limited to HF, HCl, HBr, and HI. For example, the hydrogen halide can be HCl or HBr. Hydrogen and halogen gas can include but is not limited to hydrogen gas (H2) mixed with F2, Cl2, Br2, or I2. Boron trichloride (BCl3) may be used in combination with any of the aforementioned hydrogen halides or hydrogen and halogen gases. An organic halide can include but is not limited to CxHyFz, CxHyClz, CxHyBrz, and CXHyIz, where x, y, and z are values equal to or greater than 0. An acyl halide can include but is not limited to CH3COF, CH3COCl, CH3COBr, and CH3COI. A carbonyl halide can include but is not limited to COF2, COCl2, COBr2, and COI2. A thionyl halide can include but is not limited to SOF2, SOCl2, SoBr2, and SOI2. In some embodiments, the halide-containing chemistry may be flowed with or without inert/carrier gas such as He, Ne, Ar, Xe, and N2.
- The thermal development process may be done without plasma. By applying a non-plasma thermal approach, productivity can be significantly improved as multiple wafers can be batch developed, at the same time in a low-cost thermal vacuum chamber/oven. However, in some embodiments, the thermal development process may be followed by exposure to plasma. Subsequent exposure to plasma may occur for desorption, descumming, smoothing, or other processing operations.
- In plasma development processes, the photopatterned metal-containing EUV resist is exposed to development chemistry including radicals/ions of one or more gases.
- A process chamber for processing the semiconductor substrate may be a plasma-generating chamber or coupled to a plasma-generating chamber remote from the process chamber. Dry development may occur by remote plasma in some embodiments. The plasma-generating chamber may be an inductively-coupled plasma (ICP) reactor, transformer-coupled plasma (TCP) reactor, or capacitively-coupled plasma (CCP) reactor, employing equipment and techniques among those known in the art. An electromagnetic field acts on the one or more gases to produce a plasma in the plasma-generating chamber. Ions and/or radicals from the remote plasma may interact with the photopatterned metal-containing EUV resist. In some embodiments, a vacuum line is coupled to the process chamber for pressure control, and a development chemistry line may be coupled to the plasma-generating chamber for delivery of the one or more gases into the plasma-generating chamber. The process chamber may include one or more heaters for temperature control, such as heaters coupled to a substrate support in the process chamber for substrate temperature control. In some embodiments, the process chamber interior can be coated with corrosion resistant films, such as organic polymers or inorganic coatings. One such coating is polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE), e.g., Teflon 1M. Such materials can be used in thermal processes of this disclosure without risk of removal by plasma exposure.
- In plasma development processes, the photopatterned metal-containing EUV resist is exposed to remote plasma under conditions that are optimized for etch selectivity between exposed and unexposed regions. The conditions may be optimized for generating a gentle plasma, where a gentle plasma can be characterized by high pressure and low power. Chamber pressure may be tuned, where chamber pressure may influence etch selectivity between exposed and unexposed regions during development. In some embodiments, the chamber pressure may be equal to or greater than about 5 mTorr, or equal to or greater than about 15 mTorr. In some embodiments, the chamber pressure may be relatively high with high flow and accompanied by dilution, where the chamber pressure may be between about 100 Torr and about 760 Torr or between about 200 Torr and about 760 Torr. RF power levels may be tuned, where RF power may affect etch selectivity, roughness, descumming, and other characteristics of development. In some embodiments, the RF power may be equal to or less than about 1000 W, equal to or less than about 800 W, or equal to or less than about 500 W. Temperature may be tuned, where temperature may influence various aspects of development such as etch selectivity. In some embodiments, a temperature may be between about −60° C. and about 300° C., between about 0° C. and about 300° C., or between about 30° C. and about 120° C. Gas flow rate may be tuned, where gas flow may influence etch selectivity between exposed and unexposed regions during development. In some embodiments, gas flow rate is between about 50 sccm and about 2000 sccm, between about 100 sccm and about 2000 sccm, or between about 200 sccm and about 1000 sccm, such as about 500 sccm. Duration of exposure may be tuned in the plasma development process. The duration of exposure may depend on how much resist is desired to be removed, development chemistry, amount of crosslinking in the resist, and composition and properties of the resist, among other factors. In some embodiments, duration of exposure may be between about 1 second and about 50 minutes, between about 3 seconds and about 20 minutes, or between about 10 seconds and about 6 minutes.
- Plasma development processes may expose the photopatterned metal-containing EUV resist to radicals of certain halide-containing gases. In some embodiments, the radicals are generated from a remote plasma source. For example, the plasma development may expose the photopatterned metal-containing EUV resist to radicals of hydrogen and halide gases generated from the remote plasma source. In some embodiments, a halide-containing gas includes a hydrogen halide, hydrogen and halogen gas, boron trichloride, an organic halide, an acyl halide, a carbonyl halide, a thionyl halide, or mixtures thereof. A hydrogen halide can include but is not limited to hydrogen fluoride (HF), hydrogen chloride (HC1), hydrogen bromide (HBr), and hydrogen iodide (HI). For example, the hydrogen halide may be HCl or HBr. Hydrogen and halogen gas can include but is not limited to hydrogen gas (H2) mixed with fluorine gas (F2), chlorine gas (Cl2), bromine gas (Br2), or iodine gas (I2). An organic halide can include but is not limited to CxHyFz, CxHyClz, CxHyBrz, and CxHyIz, where x, y, and z are values equal to or greater than 0. An acyl halide can include but is not limited to CH3COF, CH3COCl, CH3COBr, and CH3COI. A carbonyl halide can include but is not limited to COF2, COCl2, COBr2, and COI2. A thionyl halide can include but is not limited to SOF2, SOCl2, SoBr2, and SOI2. In some embodiments, the halide-containing gas may be flowed with or without inert/carrier gas such as He, Ne, Ar, Xe, and N2.
- In some instances, there may be scum (material in the open portions of the unexposed, for example, regions of the EUV resist after development, most likely with high metal concentrations, like clusters), or roughness (the same composition, but on the sidewalls of the etched features in the developed pattern). Both of these challenges can be largely attributed to stochastics and the non-optimal Gaussian distribution of the light resulting in partially or fully exposed material in areas where the resist should remain unexposed or vice versa.
- Process conditions for a descumming and smoothing operations may be controlled during or after development. In some embodiments, reactant flow may be between about 50 sccm and about 1000 sccm or between about 100 sccm and about 500 sccm, such as about 500 sccm He. In some embodiments, a temperature may be between about −60° C. and about 120° C., between about −20° C. and about 60° C., or between about 20° C. and about 40° C., such as about 20° C. In some embodiments, chamber pressure may be between about 1 mTorr and about 300 mTorr, between about 5 mTorr and about 100 mTorr, between about 5 mTorr and about 20 mTorr, such as about 10 mTorr. The plasma power may be relatively low with high ion energy. In some embodiments, plasma power may be between about 50 W and about 1000 W, between about 100 W and about 500 W, or between about 100 W and about 300 W, such as about 300 W. In some embodiments, the wafer bias is between about 10 V and about 500 V, between about 50 V and about 300 V, such as about 200 V. The plasma may be generated using a high RF frequency. In some embodiments, the RF frequency is 13.56 MHz. The duration of exposure to inert gas plasma may be relatively short so as to avoid excess exposure to UV radiation during plasma exposure. In some embodiments, the duration of exposure is between about 0.5 seconds and about 5 seconds, between about 1 second and about 3 seconds, such as about 2 seconds.
- The He desorption descum and cleaning of the unexposed resist residue can have the collateral benefit of curing the exposed resist to harden it thereby enhancing its hard mask function in subsequent operations to etch the underlying substrate. This resist hardening is achieved by exposure of the EUV exposed resist to UV radiation generated by the He plasma, which may be continued after the descum/smoothing is complete with the bias turned off. The He plasma curing may alternatively be performed if no descum/smoothing is needed or performed.
- In some embodiments, the He plasma descum/smoothing may be cycled with dry development, as described above, for enhanced results. In this way, most of the organic component of the unexposed, for example, region of the pattern is removed by the dry development, then a short He plasma operation can remove some of the concentrated metal at the surface, opening up access to the remaining underlying organic material, that can then be removed in a subsequent dry development operation/cycle. Another cycle of He plasma may be used to remove any remaining metal to leave a clean and smooth feature surface. The cycling can be continued until all or substantially all the scum and roughness residue is removed to leave a clean and smooth feature surface.
- In some embodiments, He desorption descum and smoothing may be used with a wet development process. Wet development has very high selectivity and has been shown to exhibit clear on/off behavior, resulting in inability of a wet development process to remove areas that were mistakenly partially or fully exposed. The remaining residues are then left after the wet development process, resulting in scumming and high line edge and width roughness. Interestingly, due to the tunability of the dry development process in which the etch rate and selectivity can be tuned based on multiple knobs, (e.g., time, temperature, pressure, gas/flow) it can be further applied to descum and smooth metal containing resist lines by removing these partially exposed residues.
- Current EUV resist coating technology typically uses a spin-on resist which is applied in atmosphere. This technique does not allow for atmospheric control or influence and only allows only a single chemical mixture to be applied for the entire film stack.
- A chamber as shown in Figures #AW and #AX below incorporates a number of elements to enable the dry deposition of EUV resist, including a four-zone electrostatic chuck to deliver temperature control of the wafer substrate to +/−0.5 C, and a four precursor vapor delivery system plumbed to a dual plenum gas distribution plate.
- In various embodiments, the chamber, gas distribution plate and related delivery plumbing are all heated to prevent the condensation of any of the precursors.
- In various embodiments, a gas box is also incorporated to deliver the needed gas constituents to the chamber.
- In various embodiments, the ESC is RF-powered to enhance the cleaning capability of the chamber.
- In various embodiments, the gate valve and all interior chamber components are heated to prevent or minimize the deposition other than on the wafer surface.
- In various embodiments, a gas exclusion ring is used around the periphery of the wafer to prevent deposition on the backside and on the top edge bevel.
- Among the innovations in these designs is in coupling different technical elements into one chamber to achieve a desired deposition performance. The uniformity of the wafer temperature, the gradiated distribution of the chemical constituents through the gas distribution plate, the deposition exclusion ring, and the heated chamber surfaces work in conjunction in various embodiments, to achieve remarkable film properties.
- In some embodiments a dual plenum fractal (DPF) showerhead may be used during operations described herein. The dual-plenum fractal showerheads discussed herein may be configured to evenly distribute processing gases to a processing volume located above a semiconductor wafer in a semiconductor processing chamber. This may help promote more uniform wafer processing, as the entire wafer surface will generally be simultaneously exposed to such a process gas, as opposed to, for example, a showerhead where process gas flows out of the center of the showerhead for some time before flowing out of the periphery of the showerhead. Further details of a DPF showerhead are described in U.S. Pat. App. No. 62/914,616, titled DUAL PLENUM SHOWERHEAD, the disclosure of which is incorporated herein at least relating to configuration of a process chamber.
-
FIG. 4 depicts a schematic illustration of an embodiment ofprocess station 400 having aprocess chamber body 402 for maintaining a low-pressure environment that is suitable for implementation of described dry development, clean, rework, descum and smoothing embodiments. A plurality ofprocess stations 400 may be included in a common low pressure process tool environment. For example,FIG. 5 depicts an embodiment of amulti-station processing tool 500, such as a VECTOR® processing tool available from Lam Research Corporation, Fremont, Calif.. In some embodiments, one or more hardware parameters of theprocess station 400 including those discussed in detail below may be adjusted programmatically by one or more computer controllers 450. - A process station may be configured as a module in a cluster tool.
FIG. 7 depicts a semiconductor process cluster tool architecture with vacuum-integrated deposition and patterning modules suitable for implementation of the embodiments described herein. Such a cluster process tool architecture can include resist deposition, resist exposure (EUV scanner), resist dry development and etch modules, as described above and further below with reference toFIGS. 6 and 7 . - In some embodiments, certain of the processing functions can be performed consecutively in the same module, for example dry development and etch. Embodiments of this disclosure are directed to methods and apparatus for receiving a wafer, including a photopatterned EUV resist thin film layer disposed on a layer or layer stack to be etched, to a dry development/etch chamber following photopatterning in an EUV scanner; dry developing photopatterned EUV resist thin film layer; and then etching the underlying layer using the patterned EUV resist as a mask, as described herein.
- Returning to
FIG. 4 ,process station 400 fluidly communicates with reactant delivery system 401 a for delivering process gases to adistribution showerhead 406. Reactant delivery system 401 a optionally includes a mixingvessel 404 for blending and/or conditioning process gases, for delivery to showerhead 406. One or more mixingvessel inlet valves 420 may control introduction of process gases to mixingvessel 404. Where plasma exposure is used, plasma may also be delivered to theshowerhead 406 or may be generated in theprocess station 400. As noted above, in at least some embodiments, non-plasma thermal exposure is favored. -
FIG. 4 includes anoptional vaporization point 403 for vaporizing liquid reactant to be supplied to the mixingvessel 404. In some embodiments, a liquid flow controller (LFC) upstream ofvaporization point 403 may be provided for controlling a mass flow of liquid for vaporization and delivery to processstation 400. For example, the LFC may include a thermal mass flow meter (MFM) located downstream of the LFC. A plunger valve of the LFC may then be adjusted responsive to feedback control signals provided by a proportional-integral-derivative (PID) controller in electrical communication with the MFM. -
Showerhead 406 distributes process gases towardsubstrate 412. In the embodiment shown inFIG. 4 , thesubstrate 412 is located beneathshowerhead 406 and is shown resting on apedestal 408.Showerhead 406 may have any suitable shape, and may have any suitable number and arrangement of ports for distributing process gases tosubstrate 412. - In some embodiments,
pedestal 408 may be raised or lowered to exposesubstrate 412 to a volume between thesubstrate 412 and theshowerhead 406. It will be appreciated that, in some embodiments, pedestal height may be adjusted programmatically by a suitable computer controller 450. - In some embodiments,
pedestal 408 may be temperature controlled viaheater 410. In some embodiments, thepedestal 408 may be heated to a temperature of greater than 0° C. and up to 300° C. or more, for example 50 to 120° C., such as about 65 to 80° C., during non-plasma thermal exposure of a photopatterned resist to dry development chemistry, such as HBr, HCl, or BCl3, as described in disclosed embodiments. - Further, in some embodiments, pressure control for
process station 400 may be provided by abutterfly valve 418. As shown in the embodiment ofFIG. 4 ,butterfly valve 418 throttles a vacuum provided by a downstream vacuum pump (not shown). However, in some embodiments, pressure control ofprocess station 400 may also be adjusted by varying a flow rate of one or more gases introduced to theprocess station 400. - In some embodiments, a position of
showerhead 406 may be adjusted relative topedestal 408 to vary a volume between thesubstrate 412 and theshowerhead 406. Further, it will be appreciated that a vertical position ofpedestal 408 and/orshowerhead 406 may be varied by any suitable mechanism within the scope of the present disclosure. In some embodiments,pedestal 408 may include a rotational axis for rotating an orientation ofsubstrate 412. It will be appreciated that, in some embodiments, one or more of these example adjustments may be performed programmatically by one or more suitable computer controllers 450. - Where plasma may be used, for example in gentle plasma-based dry development embodiments and/or etch operations conducted in the same chamber,
showerhead 406 andpedestal 408 electrically communicate with a radio frequency (RF)power supply 414 andmatching network 416 for powering a plasma. In some embodiments, the plasma energy may be controlled by controlling one or more of a process station pressure, a gas concentration, an RF source power, an RF source frequency, and a plasma power pulse timing. For example,RF power supply 414 andmatching network 416 may be operated at any suitable power to form a plasma having a desired composition of radical species. Examples of suitable powers are up to about 500W. - In some embodiments, instructions for a controller 450 may be provided via input/output control (IOC) sequencing instructions. In one example, the instructions for setting conditions for a process phase may be included in a corresponding recipe phase of a process recipe. In some cases, process recipe phases may be sequentially arranged, so that all instructions for a process phase are executed concurrently with that process phase.
- In some embodiments, instructions for setting one or more reactor parameters may be included in a recipe phase. For example, a recipe phase may include instructions for setting a flow rate of a dry development chemistry reactant gas, such as HBr or HCl, and time delay instructions for the recipe phase. In some embodiments, the controller 450 may include any of the features described below with respect to
system controller 550 ofFIG. 5 . - As described above, one or more process stations may be included in a multi-station processing tool.
FIG. 5 shows a schematic view of an embodiment of amulti-station processing tool 500 with aninbound load lock 502 and anoutbound load lock 504, either or both of which may include a remote plasma source. Arobot 506 at atmospheric pressure is configured to move wafers from a cassette loaded through apod 508 intoinbound load lock 502 via anatmospheric port 510. A wafer is placed by therobot 506 on apedestal 512 in theinbound load lock 502, theatmospheric port 510 is closed, and the load lock is pumped down. Where theinbound load lock 502 includes a remote plasma source, the wafer may be exposed to a remote plasma treatment to treat the silicon nitride surface in the load lock prior to being introduced into aprocessing chamber 514. Further, the wafer also may be heated in theinbound load lock 502 as well, for example, to remove moisture and adsorbed gases. Next, achamber transport port 516 toprocessing chamber 514 is opened, and another robot (not shown) places the wafer into the reactor on a pedestal of a first station shown in the reactor for processing. While the embodiment depicted inFIG. 5 includes load locks, it will be appreciated that, in some embodiments, direct entry of a wafer into a process station may be provided. - The depicted
processing chamber 514 includes four process stations, numbered from 1 to 4 in the embodiment shown inFIG. 5 . Each station has a heated pedestal (shown at 518 for station 1), and gas line inlets. It will be appreciated that in some embodiments, each process station may have different or multiple purposes. For example, in some embodiments, a process station may be switchable between dry development and etch process modes. Additionally or alternatively, in some embodiments, processingchamber 514 may include one or more matched pairs of dry development and etch process stations. While the depictedprocessing chamber 514 includes four stations, it will be understood that a processing chamber according to the present disclosure may have any suitable number of stations. For example, in some embodiments, a processing chamber may have five or more stations, while in other embodiments a processing chamber may have three or fewer stations. -
FIG. 5 depicts an embodiment of awafer handling system 590 for transferring wafers withinprocessing chamber 514. In some embodiments,wafer handling system 590 may transfer wafers between various process stations and/or between a process station and a load lock. It will be appreciated that any suitable wafer handling system may be employed. Non-limiting examples include wafer carousels and wafer handling robots.FIG. 5 also depicts an embodiment of asystem controller 550 employed to control process conditions and hardware states ofprocess tool 500.System controller 550 may include one ormore memory devices 556, one or moremass storage devices 554, and one ormore processors 552.Processor 552 may include a CPU or computer, analog, and/or digital input/output connections, stepper motor controller boards, etc. - In some embodiments,
system controller 550 controls all of the activities ofprocess tool 500.System controller 550 executes system control software 558 stored inmass storage device 554, loaded intomemory device 556, and executed onprocessor 552. Alternatively, the control logic may be hard coded in thecontroller 550. Applications Specific Integrated Circuits, Programmable Logic Devices (e.g., field-programmable gate arrays, or FPGAs) and the like may be used for these purposes. In the following discussion, wherever “software” or “code” is used, functionally comparable hard coded logic may be used in its place. System control software 558 may include instructions for controlling the timing, mixture of gases, gas flow rates, chamber and/or station pressure, chamber and/or station temperature, wafer temperature, target power levels, RF power levels, substrate pedestal, chuck and/or susceptor position, and other parameters of a particular process performed byprocess tool 500. System control software 558 may be configured in any suitable way. For example, various process tool component subroutines or control objects may be written to control operation of the process tool components used to carry out various process tool processes. System control software 558 may be coded in any suitable computer readable programming language. - In some embodiments, system control software 558 may include input/output control (IOC) sequencing instructions for controlling the various parameters described above. Other computer software and/or programs stored on
mass storage device 554 and/ormemory device 556 associated withsystem controller 550 may be employed in some embodiments. Examples of programs or sections of programs for this purpose include a substrate positioning program, a process gas control program, a pressure control program, a heater control program, and a plasma control program. - A substrate positioning program may include program code for process tool components that are used to load the substrate onto
pedestal 518 and to control the spacing between the substrate and other parts ofprocess tool 500. - A process gas control program may include code for controlling various gas compositions (e.g., HBr or HCl gas as described herein) and flow rates and optionally for flowing gas into one or more process stations prior to deposition in order to stabilize the pressure in the process station. A pressure control program may include code for controlling the pressure in the process station by regulating, for example, a throttle valve in the exhaust system of the process station, a gas flow into the process station, etc.
- A heater control program may include code for controlling the current to a heating unit that is used to heat the substrate. Alternatively, the heater control program may control delivery of a heat transfer gas (such as helium) to the substrate.
- A plasma control program may include code for setting RF power levels applied to the process electrodes in one or more process stations in accordance with the embodiments herein.
- A pressure control program may include code for maintaining the pressure in the reaction chamber in accordance with the embodiments herein.
- In some embodiments, there may be a user interface associated with
system controller 550. The user interface may include a display screen, graphical software displays of the apparatus and/or process conditions, and user input devices such as pointing devices, keyboards, touch screens, microphones, etc. - In some embodiments, parameters adjusted by
system controller 550 may relate to process conditions. Non-limiting examples include process gas composition and flow rates, temperature, pressure, plasma conditions (such as RF bias power levels), etc. These parameters may be provided to the user in the form of a recipe, which may be entered utilizing the user interface. - Signals for monitoring the process may be provided by analog and/or digital input connections of
system controller 550 from various process tool sensors. The signals for controlling the process may be output on the analog and digital output connections ofprocess tool 500. Non-limiting examples of process tool sensors that may be monitored include mass flow controllers, pressure sensors (such as manometers), thermocouples, etc. Appropriately programmed feedback and control algorithms may be used with data from these sensors to maintain process conditions. -
System controller 550 may provide program instructions for implementing the above-described deposition processes. The program instructions may control a variety of process parameters, such as DC power level, RF bias power level, pressure, temperature, etc. The instructions may control the parameters to operate dry development and/or etch processes according to various embodiments described herein. - The
system controller 550 will typically include one or more memory devices and one or more processors configured to execute the instructions so that the apparatus will perform a method in accordance with disclosed embodiments. Machine-readable media containing instructions for controlling process operations in accordance with disclosed embodiments may be coupled to thesystem controller 550. - In some implementations, the
system controller 550 is part of a system, which may be part of the above-described examples. Such systems can include semiconductor processing equipment, including a processing tool or tools, chamber or chambers, a platform or platforms for processing, and/or specific processing components (a wafer pedestal, a gas flow system, etc.). These systems may be integrated with electronics for controlling their operation before, during, and after processing of a semiconductor wafer or substrate. The electronics may be referred to as the “controller,” which may control various components or subparts of the system or systems. Thesystem controller 550, depending on the processing conditions and/or the type of system, may be programmed to control any of the processes disclosed herein, including the delivery of processing gases, temperature settings (e.g., heating and/or cooling), pressure settings, vacuum settings, power settings, radio frequency (RF) generator settings, RF matching circuit settings, frequency settings, flow rate settings, fluid delivery settings, positional and operation settings, wafer transfers into and out of a tool and other transfer tools and/or load locks connected to or interfaced with a specific system. - Broadly speaking, the
system controller 550 may be defined as electronics having various integrated circuits, logic, memory, and/or software that receive instructions, issue instructions, control operation, enable cleaning operations, enable endpoint measurements, and the like. The integrated circuits may include chips in the form of firmware that store program instructions, digital signal processors (DSPs), chips defined as application specific integrated circuits (ASICs), and/or one or more microprocessors, or microcontrollers that execute program instructions (e.g., software). Program instructions may be instructions communicated to thesystem controller 550 in the form of various individual settings (or program files), defining operational parameters for carrying out a particular process on or for a semiconductor wafer or to a system. The operational parameters may, in some embodiments, be part of a recipe defined by process engineers to accomplish one or more processing steps during the fabrication of one or more layers, materials, metals, oxides, silicon, silicon dioxide, surfaces, circuits, and/or dies of a wafer. - The
system controller 550, in some implementations, may be a part of or coupled to a computer that is integrated with, coupled to the system, otherwise networked to the system, or a combination thereof. For example, thesystem controller 550 may be in the “cloud” or all or a part of a fab host computer system, which can allow for remote access of the wafer processing. The computer may enable remote access to the system to monitor current progress of fabrication operations, examine a history of past fabrication operations, examine trends or performance metrics from a plurality of fabrication operations, to change parameters of current processing, to set processing steps to follow a current processing, or to start a new process. In some examples, a remote computer (e.g. a server) can provide process recipes to a system over a network, which may include a local network or the Internet. The remote computer may include a user interface that enables entry or programming of parameters and/or settings, which are then communicated to the system from the remote computer. In some examples, thesystem controller 550 receives instructions in the form of data, which specify parameters for each of the processing steps to be performed during one or more operations. It should be understood that the parameters may be specific to the type of process to be performed and the type of tool that thesystem controller 550 is configured to interface with or control. Thus as described above, thesystem controller 550 may be distributed, such as by including one or more discrete controllers that are networked together and working towards a common purpose, such as the processes and controls described herein. An example of a distributed controller for such purposes would be one or more integrated circuits on a chamber in communication with one or more integrated circuits located remotely (such as at the platform level or as part of a remote computer) that combine to control a process on the chamber. - Without limitation, example systems may include a plasma etch chamber or module, a deposition chamber or module, a spin-rinse chamber or module, a metal plating chamber or module, a clean chamber or module, a bevel edge etch chamber or module, a physical vapor deposition (PVD) chamber or module, a chemical vapor deposition (CVD) chamber or module, an ALD chamber or module, an atomic layer etch (ALE) chamber or module, an ion implantation chamber or module, a track chamber or module, an EUV lithography chamber (scanner) or module, a dry development chamber or module, and any other semiconductor processing systems that may be associated or used in the fabrication and/or manufacturing of semiconductor wafers.
- As noted above, depending on the process step or steps to be performed by the tool, the
system controller 550 might communicate with one or more of other tool circuits or modules, other tool components, cluster tools, other tool interfaces, adjacent tools, neighboring tools, tools located throughout a factory, a main computer, another controller, or tools used in material transport that bring containers of wafers to and from tool locations and/or load ports in a semiconductor manufacturing factory. - Inductively coupled plasma (ICP) reactors which, in certain embodiments, may be suitable for etch operations suitable for implementation of some embodiments, are now described. Although ICP reactors are described herein, in some embodiments, it should be understood that capacitively coupled plasma reactors may also be used.
-
FIG. 6 schematically shows a cross-sectional view of an inductively coupledplasma apparatus 600 appropriate for implementing certain embodiments or aspects of embodiments such as dry development and/or etch, an example of which is a Kiyo® reactor, produced by Lam Research Corp. of Fremont, Calif. In other embodiments, other tools or tool types having the functionality to conduct the dry development and/or etch processes described herein may be used for implementation. - The inductively coupled
plasma apparatus 600 includes an overall process chamber 624 structurally defined bychamber walls 601 and awindow 611. Thechamber walls 601 may be fabricated from stainless steel or aluminum. Thewindow 611 may be fabricated from quartz or other dielectric material. An optionalinternal plasma grid 650 divides the overall process chamber into anupper sub-chamber 602 and alower sub chamber 603. In most embodiments,plasma grid 650 may be removed, thereby utilizing a chamber space made ofsub chambers chuck 617 is positioned within thelower sub-chamber 603 near the bottom inner surface. Thechuck 617 is configured to receive and hold asemiconductor wafer 619 upon which the etching and deposition processes are performed. Thechuck 617 can be an electrostatic chuck for supporting thewafer 619 when present. In some embodiments, an edge ring (not shown) surroundschuck 617, and has an upper surface that is approximately planar with a top surface of thewafer 619, when present overchuck 617. Thechuck 617 also includes electrostatic electrodes for chucking and dechucking thewafer 619. A filter and DC clamp power supply (not shown) may be provided for this purpose. Other control systems for lifting thewafer 619 off thechuck 617 can also be provided. Thechuck 617 can be electrically charged using anRF power supply 623. TheRF power supply 623 is connected to matchingcircuitry 621 through aconnection 627. The matchingcircuitry 621 is connected to thechuck 617 through aconnection 625. In this manner, theRF power supply 623 is connected to thechuck 617. In various embodiments, a bias power of the electrostatic chuck may be set at about 50V or may be set at a different bias power depending on the process performed in accordance with disclosed embodiments. For example, the bias power may be between about 20 Vb and about 100 V, or between about 30 V and about 150 V. - Elements for plasma generation include a
coil 633 is positioned abovewindow 611. In some embodiments, a coil is not used in disclosed embodiments. Thecoil 633 is fabricated from an electrically conductive material and includes at least one complete turn. The example of acoil 633 shown inFIG. 6 includes three turns. The cross sections ofcoil 633 are shown with symbols, and coils having an “X” extend rotationally into the page, while coils having a “●” extend rotationally out of the page. Elements for plasma generation also include anRF power supply 641 configured to supply RF power to thecoil 633. In general, theRF power supply 641 is connected to matchingcircuitry 639 through aconnection 645. The matchingcircuitry 639 is connected to thecoil 633 through aconnection 643. In this manner, theRF power supply 641 is connected to thecoil 633. An optional Faraday shield 649 a is positioned between thecoil 633 and thewindow 611. The Faraday shield 649 a may be maintained in a spaced apart relationship relative to thecoil 633. In some embodiments, the Faraday shield 649 a is disposed immediately above thewindow 611. In some embodiments, the Faraday shield 649 b is between thewindow 611 and thechuck 617. In some embodiments, the Faraday shield 649 b is not maintained in a spaced apart relationship relative to thecoil 633. For example, the Faraday shield 649 b may be directly below thewindow 611 without a gap. Thecoil 633, the Faraday shield 649 a, and thewindow 611 are each configured to be substantially parallel to one another. The Faraday shield 649 a may prevent metal or other species from depositing on thewindow 611 of the process chamber 624. - Process gases may be flowed into the process chamber through one or more main
gas flow inlets 660 positioned in theupper sub-chamber 602 and/or through one or more sidegas flow inlets 670. Likewise, though not explicitly shown, similar gas flow inlets may be used to supply process gases to a capacitively coupled plasma processing chamber. A vacuum pump, e.g., a one or two stage mechanical dry pump and/orturbomolecular pump 640, may be used to draw process gases out of the process chamber 624 and to maintain a pressure within the process chamber 624. For example, the vacuum pump may be used to evacuate thelower sub-chamber 603 during a purge operation of ALD. A valve-controlled conduit may be used to fluidically connect the vacuum pump to the process chamber 624 so as to selectively control application of the vacuum environment provided by the vacuum pump. This may be done employing a closed loop-controlled flow restriction device, such as a throttle valve (not shown) or a pendulum valve (not shown), during operational plasma processing. Likewise, a vacuum pump and valve controlled fluidic connection to the capacitively coupled plasma processing chamber may also be employed. - During operation of the
apparatus 600, one or more process gases may be supplied through thegas flow inlets 660 and/or 670. In certain embodiments, process gas may be supplied only through the maingas flow inlet 660, or only through the sidegas flow inlet 670. In some cases, the gas flow inlets shown in the figure may be replaced by more complex gas flow inlets, one or more showerheads, for example. The Faraday shield 649 a and/oroptional grid 650 may include internal channels and holes that allow delivery of process gases to the process chamber 624. Either or both of Faraday shield 649 a andoptional grid 650 may serve as a showerhead for delivery of process gases. In some embodiments, a liquid vaporization and delivery system may be situated upstream of the process chamber 624, such that once a liquid reactant or precursor is vaporized, the vaporized reactant or precursor is introduced into the process chamber 624 via agas flow inlet 660 and/or 670. - Radio frequency power is supplied from the
RF power supply 641 to thecoil 633 to cause an RF current to flow through thecoil 633. The RF current flowing through thecoil 633 generates an electromagnetic field about thecoil 633. The electromagnetic field generates an inductive current within theupper sub-chamber 602. The physical and chemical interactions of various generated ions and radicals with thewafer 619 etch features of and selectively deposit layers on thewafer 619. - If the
plasma grid 650 is used such that there is both anupper sub-chamber 602 and alower sub-chamber 603, the inductive current acts on the gas present in theupper sub-chamber 602 to generate an electron-ion plasma in theupper sub-chamber 602. The optionalinternal plasma grid 650 limits the amount of hot electrons in thelower sub-chamber 603. In some embodiments, theapparatus 600 is designed and operated such that the plasma present in thelower sub-chamber 603 is an ion-ion plasma. - Both the upper electron-ion plasma and the lower ion-ion plasma may contain positive and negative ions, though the ion-ion plasma will have a greater ratio of negative ions to positive ions. Volatile etching and/or deposition byproducts may be removed from the
lower sub-chamber 603 throughport 622. Thechuck 617 disclosed herein may operate at elevated temperatures ranging between about 10° C. and about 250° C. The temperature will depend on the process operation and specific recipe. -
Apparatus 600 may be coupled to facilities (not shown) when installed in a clean room or a fabrication facility. Facilities include plumbing that provide processing gases, vacuum, temperature control, and environmental particle control. These facilities are coupled toapparatus 600, when installed in the target fabrication facility. Additionally,apparatus 600 may be coupled to a transfer chamber that allows robotics to transfer semiconductor wafers into and out ofapparatus 600 using typical automation. - In some embodiments, a system controller 630 (which may include one or more physical or logical controllers) controls some or all of the operations of a process chamber 624. The
system controller 630 may include one or more memory devices and one or more processors. In some embodiments, theapparatus 600 includes a switching system for controlling flow rates and durations when disclosed embodiments are performed. In some embodiments, theapparatus 600 may have a switching time of up to about 600 ms, or up to about 750 ms. Switching time may depend on the flow chemistry, recipe chosen, reactor architecture, and other factors. - In some implementations, the
system controller 630 is part of a system, which may be part of the above-described examples. Such systems can include semiconductor processing equipment, including a processing tool or tools, chamber or chambers, a platform or platforms for processing, and/or specific processing components (a wafer pedestal, a gas flow system, etc.). These systems may be integrated with electronics for controlling their operation before, during, and after processing of a semiconductor wafer or substrate. The electronics may be integrated into thesystem controller 630, which may control various components or subparts of the system or systems. The system controller , depending on the processing parameters and/or the type of system, may be programmed to control any of the processes disclosed herein, including the delivery of processing gases, temperature settings (e.g., heating and/or cooling), pressure settings, vacuum settings, power settings, radio frequency (RF) generator settings, RF matching circuit settings, frequency settings, flow rate settings, fluid delivery settings, positional and operation settings, wafer transfers into and out of a tool and other transfer tools and/or load locks connected to or interfaced with a specific system. - Broadly speaking, the
system controller 630 may be defined as electronics having various integrated circuits, logic, memory, and/or software that receive instructions, issue instructions, control operation, enable cleaning operations, enable endpoint measurements, and the like. The integrated circuits may include chips in the form of firmware that store program instructions, digital signal processors (DSPs), chips defined as application specific integrated circuits (ASICs), and/or one or more microprocessors, or microcontrollers that execute program instructions (e.g., software). Program instructions may be instructions communicated to the controller in the form of various individual settings (or program files), defining operational parameters for carrying out a particular process on or for a semiconductor wafer or to a system. The operational parameters may, in some embodiments, be part of a recipe defined by process engineers to accomplish one or more processing steps during the fabrication or removal of one or more layers, materials, metals, oxides, silicon, silicon dioxide, surfaces, circuits, and/or dies of a wafer. - The
system controller 630, in some implementations, may be a part of or coupled to a computer that is integrated with, coupled to the system, otherwise networked to the system, or a combination thereof. For example, the controller may be in the “cloud” or all or a part of a fab host computer system, which can allow for remote access of the wafer processing. The computer may enable remote access to the system to monitor current progress of fabrication operations, examine a history of past fabrication operations, examine trends or performance metrics from a plurality of fabrication operations, to change parameters of current processing, to set processing steps to follow a current processing, or to start a new process. In some examples, a remote computer (e.g. a server) can provide process recipes to a system over a network, which may include a local network or the Internet. The remote computer may include a user interface that enables entry or programming of parameters and/or settings, which are then communicated to the system from the remote computer. In some examples, thesystem controller 630 receives instructions in the form of data, which specify parameters for each of the processing steps to be performed during one or more operations. It should be understood that the parameters may be specific to the type of process to be performed and the type of tool that the controller is configured to interface with or control. Thus as described above, thesystem controller 630 may be distributed, such as by including one or more discrete controllers that are networked together and working towards a common purpose, such as the processes and controls described herein. An example of a distributed controller for such purposes would be one or more integrated circuits on a chamber in communication with one or more integrated circuits located remotely (such as at the platform level or as part of a remote computer) that combine to control a process on the chamber. - Without limitation, example systems may include a plasma etch chamber or module, a deposition chamber or module, a spin-rinse chamber or module, a metal plating chamber or module, a clean chamber or module, a bevel edge etch chamber or module, a physical vapor deposition (PVD) chamber or module, a chemical vapor deposition (CVD) chamber or module, an ALD chamber or module, an ALE chamber or module, an ion implantation chamber or module, a track chamber or module, an EUV lithography chamber (scanner) or module, a dry development chamber or module, and any other semiconductor processing systems that may be associated or used in the fabrication and/or manufacturing of semiconductor wafers.
- As noted above, depending on the process step or steps to be performed by the tool, the controller might communicate with one or more of other tool circuits or modules, other tool components, cluster tools, other tool interfaces, adjacent tools, neighboring tools, tools located throughout a factory, a main computer, another controller, or tools used in material transport that bring containers of wafers to and from tool locations and/or load ports in a semiconductor manufacturing factory.
- EUVL patterning may be conducted using any suitable tool, often referred to as a scanner, for example the TWINSCAN NXE: 3300B® platform supplied by ASML of Veldhoven, NL). The EUVL patterning tool may be a standalone device from which the substrate is moved into and out of for deposition and etching as described herein. Or, as described below, the EUVL patterning tool may be a module on a larger multi-component tool.
FIG. 7 depicts a semiconductor process cluster tool architecture with vacuum-integrated deposition, EUV patterning and dry development/etch modules that interface with a vacuum transfer module, suitable for implementation of the processes described herein. While the processes may be conducted without such vacuum integrated apparatus, such apparatus may be advantageous in some implementations. -
FIG. 7 depicts a semiconductor process cluster tool architecture with vacuum-integrated deposition and patterning modules that interface with a vacuum transfer module, suitable for implementation of processes described herein. The arrangement of transfer modules to “transfer” wafers among multiple storage facilities and processing modules may be referred to as a “cluster tool architecture” system. Deposition and patterning modules are vacuum-integrated, in accordance with the requirements of a particular process. Other modules, such as for etch, may also be included on the cluster. - A vacuum transport module (VTM) 738 interfaces with four processing modules 720 a-720 d, which may be individually optimized to perform various fabrication processes. By way of example, processing modules 720 a-720 d may be implemented to perform deposition, evaporation, ELD, dry development, etch, strip, and/or other semiconductor processes. For example,
module 720 a may be an ALD reactor that may be operated to perform in a non-plasma, thermal atomic layer depositions as described herein, such as Vector tool, available from Lam Research Corporation, Fremont, Calif. Andmodule 720 b may be a PECVD tool, such as the Lam Vector®. It should be understood that the figure is not necessarily drawn to scale. -
Airlocks VTM 738 and apatterning module 740. For example, as noted above, a suitable patterning module may be the TWINSCAN NXE: 3300B® platform supplied by ASML of Veldhoven, NL). This tool architecture allows for work pieces, such as semiconductor substrates or wafers, to be transferred under vacuum so as not to react before exposure. Integration of the deposition modules with the lithography tool is facilitated by the fact that EUVL also requires a greatly reduced pressure given the strong optical absorption of the incident photons by ambient gases such as H2O, O2, etc. - As noted above, this integrated architecture is just one possible embodiment of a tool for implementation of the described processes. The processes may also be implemented with a more conventional stand-alone EUVL scanner and a deposition reactor, such as a Lam Vector tool, either stand alone or integrated in a cluster architecture with other tools, such as etch, strip etc. (e.g., Lam Kiyo or Gamma tools), as modules, for example as described with reference to
FIG. 7 but without the integrated patterning module. -
Airlock 742 may be an “outgoing” loadlock, referring to the transfer of a substrate out from theVTM 738 serving adeposition module 720 a to thepatterning module 740, andairlock 746 may be an “ingoing” loadlock, referring to the transfer of a substrate from thepatterning module 740 back in to theVTM 738. Theingoing loadlock 746 may also provide an interface to the exterior of the tool for access and egress of substrates. Each process module has a facet that interfaces the module toVTM 738. For example,deposition process module 720 a hasfacet 736. Inside each facet, sensors, for example, sensors 1-18 as shown, are used to detect the passing ofwafer 726 when moved between respective stations.Patterning module 740 andairlocks -
Main VTM robot 722transfers wafer 726 between modules, includingairlocks robot 722 has one arm, and in another embodiment,robot 722 has two arms, where each arm has anend effector 724 to pick wafers such aswafer 726 for transport. Front-end robot 744, in is used to transferwafers 726 fromoutgoing airlock 742 into thepatterning module 740, from thepatterning module 740 intoingoing airlock 746. Front-end robot 744 may also transportwafers 726 between the ingoing loadlock and the exterior of the tool for access and egress of substrates. Becauseingoing airlock module 746 has the ability to match the environment between atmospheric and vacuum, thewafer 726 is able to move between the two pressure environments without being damaged. - It should be noted that a EUVL tool typically operates at a higher vacuum than a deposition tool. If this is the case, it is desirable to increase the vacuum environment of the substrate during the transfer between the deposition to the EUVL tool to allow the substrate to degas prior to entry into the patterning tool.
Outgoing airlock 742 may provide this function by holding the transferred wafers at a lower pressure, no higher than the pressure in thepatterning module 740, for a period of time and exhausting any off-gassing, so that the optics of thepatterning tool 740 are not contaminated by off-gassing from the substrate. A suitable pressure for the outgoing, off-gassing airlock is no more than 1E-8 Torr. -
FIG. 8 presents an alternative semiconductor process cluster tool architecture toFIG. 7 that does not have apatterning module 740. Instead, Front-end robot 832, in atmospheric transfer module (ATM) 840, is used to transferwafers 826 from cassette or Front Opening Unified Pod (FOUP) 834 in Load Port Module (LPM) 842 toairlock 830.Module center 828 inside process module 820 is one location for placingwafer 826.Aligner 844 inATM 840 is used to align wafers. - In an exemplary processing method, a wafer is placed in one of the
FOUPs 834 in theLPM 842. Front-end robot 832 transfers the wafer from theFOUP 834 to analigner 844, which allows thewafer 826 to be properly centered before it is etched or processed. After being aligned, thewafer 826 is moved by the front-end robot 832 into anairlock 830. Because airlock modules have the ability to match the environment between an ATM and a VTM, thewafer 826 is able to move between the two pressure environments without being damaged. From theairlock module 830, thewafer 826 is moved byrobot 822 throughVTM 838 and into one of the process modules 820 a-820 d. In order to achieve this wafer movement, therobot 822 usesend effectors 824 on each of its arms. Once thewafer 826 has been processed, it is moved byrobot 822 from the process modules 820 a-820 d to anairlock module 830. From here, thewafer 826 may be moved by the front-end robot 832 to one of theFOUPs 834 or to thealigner 844. - As described above, one or more process stations may be included in a multi-station processing tool.
FIG. 9 shows a schematic view of an embodiment of amulti-station processing tool 900 with aninbound load lock 902 and anoutbound load lock 904, either or both of which may comprise a remote plasma source. Arobot 906, at atmospheric pressure, is configured to move substrates or wafers from a cassette loaded through a pod 908 intoinbound load lock 902 via an atmospheric port 910. A substrate is placed by therobot 906 on apedestal 912 in theinbound load lock 902, the atmospheric port 910 is closed, and the load lock is pumped down. Where theinbound load lock 902 comprises a remote plasma source, the substrate may be exposed to a remote plasma treatment in the load lock prior to being introduced into aprocessing chamber 914A-C. Further, the substrate also may be heated in theinbound load lock 902 as well, for example, to remove moisture and adsorbed gases. Next, achamber transport port 916 to one ofprocessing chambers 914A-C is opened, and another robot (not shown) places the substrate into the reactor on a pedestal of a first station shown in the reactor for processing. While the embodiment depicted inFIG. 9 includes load locks, it will be appreciated that, in some embodiments, direct entry of a substrate into a process station may be provided. In various embodiments, the soak gas is introduced to the station when the substrate is placed by therobot 906 on thepedestal 912. - The depicted
processing chamber 914B comprises four process stations, numbered from 1 to 4 in the embodiment shown inFIG. 9 . Each station has a heated pedestal (shown at 918 for station 1), and gas line inlets. It will be appreciated that in some embodiments, each process station may have different or multiple purposes. For example, in some embodiments, a process station may be switchable between an ALD and PEALD process mode. Additionally or alternatively, in some embodiments, processing chamber 914 may include one or more matched pairs of ALD and plasma-enhanced ALD process stations. While the depicted processing chamber 914 includes four stations, it will be understood that a processing chamber according to the present disclosure may have any suitable number of stations. For example, in some embodiments, a processing chamber may have five or more stations, while in other embodiments a processing chamber may have three or fewer stations. Furthermore, whileFIG. 5A depicts amulti-station processing tool 900 having three process chambers, in some embodiments a multi-station processing tool may have four process chambers, such as depicted inFIG. 9B . In some embodiments a multi-station processing tool may have four or more process chambers, while in other embodiments a multi-station processing tool may have one, two, or three process chambers. -
FIG. 9 depicts an embodiment of awafer handling system 990 for transferring substrates within processing chamber 914. In some embodiments,wafer handling system 990 may transfer substrates between various process stations and/or between a process station and a load lock. It will be appreciated that any suitable wafer handling system may be employed. Non-limiting examples include wafer carousels and wafer handling robots.FIG. 9 also depicts an embodiment of a system controller 950 employed to control process conditions and hardware states ofprocess tool 900. System controller 950 may include one ormore memory devices 956, one or moremass storage devices 954, and one ormore processors 952.Processor 952 may include a CPU or computer, analog and/or digital input/output connections, stepper motor controller boards, etc. In some embodiments, system controller 950 includes machine-readable instructions for performing operations such as those described herein. - In some embodiments, system controller 950 controls the activities of
process tool 900. System controller 950 executessystem control software 958 stored inmass storage device 954, loaded intomemory device 956, and executed onprocessor 952. Alternatively, the control logic may be hard coded in the system controller 950. Applications Specific Integrated Circuits, Programmable Logic Devices (e.g., field-programmable gate arrays, or FPGAs) and the like may be used for these purposes. In the following discussion, wherever “software” or “code” is used, functionally comparable hard coded logic may be used in its place.System control software 958 may include instructions for controlling the timing, mixture of gases, amount of gas flow, chamber and/or station pressure, chamber and/or station temperature, substrate temperature, target power levels, RF power levels, substrate pedestal, chuck and/or susceptor position, and other parameters of a particular process performed byprocess tool 900.System control software 958 may be configured in any suitable way. For example, various process tool component subroutines or control objects may be written to control operation of the process tool components used to carry out various process tool processes.System control software 958 may be coded in any suitable computer readable programming language. - In various embodiments,
chambers 914A-C may perform the same or different operations. Additionally, while threechambers 914A-C are shown, in some embodiments there may be four or more chambers, or three or fewer chambers. In some embodiments, each ofchambers 914A-C may perform a dry deposition process to deposit a photolithographic layer. In some embodiments, one or more ofchambers 914A-C may be used to for a dry deposition process, while different one or more ofchambers 914A-C may be used for a dry development process as described herein. In some embodiments, one chamber may be used for a dry deposition process, one chamber may be used for a PAB process, and one chamber may be used for a dry development process. In some embodiments, a chamber used for a PAB process may also be used for a PEB process or alternatively used for a PEB process. In embodiments where there are four chambers, one chamber may be used for a dry deposition process, one chamber may be used for a PAB process, one chamber may be used for a PEB process, and one chamber may be used for a dry development process. In some embodiments, unequal process times can be addressed by different module ratios (e.g., if a PR deposition time is twice the PAB time, then the tool can be configured with twice the PR deposition modules as PAB modules). - In some embodiments,
multi-station processing tool 900 may have different modules at each chamber to facilitate embodiments discussed herein. For example, a VECTOR® processing module may be used for deposition processes, and a KIYO® processing module may be used for PAB, PEB, or dry development processes. In some embodiments, a there may be different numbers of each type of module. For example, there may be one VECTOR module and one or more KIYO modules. - In some embodiments, multiple operations may be implemented on different pedestals within the same module(s) of the same tool. In some embodiments, a VECTOR module may be integrated in the same module as a KIYO module. For example, pedestals 1 and 3 of chamber 914 may be used for a dry deposition process, and pedestals 2 and 4 may be used for a different process, such as a wafer clean, PAB, PEB, or dry development process. A wafer may be processed on one pedestal to deposit a PR film, and then a robot may be configured to move the wafer to another pedestal within the chamber for a subsequent process as described herein. In this way, a vacuum may be maintained and indexing a wafer from pedestal to pedestal is faster than transferring wafers between process modules. As a result, efficiency (throughput) is enhanced without substantially sacrificing technical performance, and cross-contamination is controlled or minimized, resulting in excellent film properties.
- In addition, each station/pedestal can be configured or optimized for each operation, and pedestals can be isolated from each other to reduce or minimize cross-contamination/cross-talk between deposition, clean, bake, irradiation, or development processes, for example by gas curtains or other station-specific barriers like gas seals, such as are described, for example, in U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2015/0004798 and U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2017/0101710, the disclosures of which in this regard are hereby incorporated by reference herein. Within ranges, each pedestal process can be at a different temperature and pressure. And each station's pedestal, showerhead, wall, etc. temperature can be independently set optimally for each process, without needing to cycle. Gas distribution to each station can be kept separate. By adding multiple throttle valves pressures can be independently maintained. In some embodiments, exhaust for each station can be local and not shared, so that the exhaust can stay independent without cross mixing/contamination of gases.
- In some embodiments, integrated operations may be implemented on the same pedestal. For example, wafer cleaning and PAB/PEB operations may be implemented on the same pedestal. This may provide for enhanced throughput by reducing transfer or queue time between the wafer cleaning and bake operations.
-
FIGS. 10A-E illustrate various embodiments where processing operations may be performed within different chambers of a tool, along with a process flowchart illustrating operations that may be performed on or off the tool. In various embodiments the operations shown inFIGS. 10A-E may be the same as the those described inFIG. 1 , above (as implied by the use of the same reference numbers). While a clean operation is not shown inFIGS. 10A-E , in some embodiments a clean operation may be performed. It should also be understood that some operations may not be performed, as explained further in reference toFIG. 1 .FIG. 10A (i) illustrates an embodiment where each chamber of a cluster tool performs a dry deposition process as shown in the process flow presented inFIG. 10A (ii). Other operations in a lithography process, such as the PAB, EUV exposure, PEB, and development process may be performed on a different tool or cluster. -
FIG. 10B (i) illustrates an embodiment where a dry deposition and a dry development process may be performed within a single tool as shown in the process flow presented inFIG. 10B (ii). In various embodiments two chambers may be used to a dry deposition process, while a single chamber is used for a dry development process. Other operations may be performed on a different tool. -
FIG. 10C (i) illustrates an embodiment where a dry deposition, a PAB, and a dry development are each performed within a single tool as shown in the process flow presented inFIG. 10C (ii). In various embodiments one chamber may be used for each process. In some embodiments a substrate may have queue time between processes. In some embodiments queue time may be spent off the tool, for example in a FOUP or other controlled environment. In other embodiments a wafer may be moved directly from the dry EUV deposition chamber to the PAB chamber without a queue time, or may spend queue time in either process chamber. This may be advantageous to reduce queue time and/or maintain vacuum, both of which may improve the quality of the resulting PR film. -
FIG. 10D (i) illustrates an embodiment where a dry deposition, a PEB, and dry development process are performed within a single tool as shown in the process flow presented inFIG. 10D (ii). In some embodiments, a PAB chamber and a PEB chamber may be the same chamber, while in other embodiments they are different chambers. As noted above, in some embodiments queue time may be spent off-tool in a controlled environment, while in other embodiments a wafer may be transferred directly from a PEB chamber to a development chamber. This may be advantageous to reduce queue time and/or maintain vacuum, both of which may improve the quality of the resulting PR film. -
FIG. 10E (i) illustrates an embodiment where dry deposition, PAB, PEB, and dry development are performed within a single tool as shown in the process flow presented inFIG. 10E (ii). In some embodiments, radiation exposure may be performed off-tool in a separate scanner chamber. As noted above, in some embodiments queue time may be spent off-tool in a controlled environment, while in other embodiments a substrate may be moved directly from a dry deposition chamber to a PAB chamber, or a PEB chamber to a dry development chamber. In such embodiments queue time may be spent on-tool. Transfer of substrates between chambers on the same tool for different operations may be advantageous to reduce queue time and maintain vacuum/environmental control. -
FIG. 10F (i) illustrates an embodiment where a scanner may be integrated with a deposition chamber and/or a wet or dry development chamber. An organometallictin precursor ampule 1000 andEUV deposition module 1010 may be used to dry deposit an EUV PR. An EUV exposure module 1020 may be used to expose portions of the EUV PR to radiation to chemically alter the exposed portions. An EUV development module 1030 may use a wet or dry process to remove portions of the EUV PR, which may treat the PR as a negative tone resist or a positive tone resist. A Pattern transfer module 1040 may then transfer the pattern of the EUV PR to an underlying layer, e.g., by an etch process forming lines based on the developed EUV PR pattern. In some embodiments, the byproducts from various processing environments may be shared or flow to a singular or multiple exhaust abatement systems 1050. In some embodiments a process flow as presented inFIG. 10F (ii) may be performed in the tools illustrated inFIG. 10F (i). - In some embodiments, a system controller (which may include one or more physical or logical controllers) controls some or all of the operations of the cluster tool and/or its separate modules. It should be noted that the controller can be local to the cluster architecture, or can be located external to the cluster architecture in the manufacturing floor, or in a remote location and connected to the cluster architecture via a network. The system controller may include one or more memory devices and one or more processors. The processor may include a central processing unit (CPU) or computer, analog and/or digital input/output connections, stepper motor controller boards, and other like components. Instructions for implementing appropriate control operations are executed on the processor. These instructions may be stored on the memory devices associated with the controller or they may be provided over a network. In certain embodiments, the system controller executes system control software.
- The system control software may include instructions for controlling the timing of application and/or magnitude of any aspect of tool or module operation. System control software may be configured in any suitable way. For example, various process tool component subroutines or control objects may be written to control operations of the process tool components necessary to carry out various process tool processes. System control software may be coded in any suitable compute readable programming language.
- In some embodiments, system control software includes input/output control (IOC) sequencing instructions for controlling the various parameters described above. For example, each phase of a semiconductor fabrication process may include one or more instructions for execution by the system controller. The instructions for setting process conditions for condensation, deposition, evaporation, patterning and/or etching phase may be included in a corresponding recipe phase, for example.
- In various embodiments, an apparatus for forming a negative pattern mask is provided. The apparatus may include a processing chamber for patterning, deposition and etch, and a controller including instructions for forming a negative pattern mask. The instructions may include code for, in the processing chamber, patterning a feature in a chemically amplified (CAR) resist on a semiconductor substrate by EUV exposure to expose a surface of the substrate, dry developing the photopatterned resist, and etching the underlying layer or layer stack using the patterned resist as a mask.
- It should be noted that the computer controlling the wafer movement can be local to the cluster architecture, or can be located external to the cluster architecture in the manufacturing floor, or in a remote location and connected to the cluster architecture via a network. A controller as described above with respect to
FIG. 6 or 7 may be implemented in any ofFIG. 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 , or 10A-F, as well as the tool architectures described inFIGS. 11, 12, and 13 . -
FIGS. 11, 12, and 13A -B provide configurations for alternative processing tool architectures, such as may be implemented at least in part in the EOS or Sens.i products available from Lam Research Corporation, Fremont, Calif., that may be used in some embodiments. - Starting with
FIG. 11 , a multi-station processing tool 1100 may have an equipment front end module (EFEM) for receiving substrates, optionally via a FOUP. As shown inFIG. 12 , which is a cut-away view of the multi-station processing tool 1100, anEFEM robot 1204 may move substrates fromEFEM 1104 through aloadport 1206. Substrates may be moved via one ormore shuttles 1208, which may move substrates onlinear tracks 1214 orlifters 1212. Awafer handling robot 1210 may then move substrates into a process chamber 1108 (inFIG. 12 , 8 chambers are depicted for a total of 16 process chambers in multi-station processing tool 1100). Each process chamber may be switchable between various process modes as discussed herein. - Returning to
FIG. 11 , multi-station processing tool 1100 may also have fluid delivery systems (FDS) 1112 to deliver process gas and other fluids to each process chamber, as well as FDS controls 1114.Fan filter units FIGS. 11 and 12 , may be used for implementation of wet development of dry deposited EUV PR. -
FIG. 13A presents to-down view of anothermulti-station processing tool 1300, having arobot 1304 that is configured to move wafers from a cassette loaded through apod 1308. Asecond robot 1306 may move wafers to one ofvarious process chambers 1302 for carrying out operations as described herein.FIG. 13B presents a side view ofmulti-station processing tool 1300. Various embodiments described herein may be performed using cluster architecture as shown inFIGS. 11, 12, and 13 . - Although the foregoing embodiments have been described in some detail for purposes of clarity of understanding, it will be apparent that certain changes and modifications may be practiced within the scope of the appended claims. Embodiments disclosed herein may be practiced without some or all of these specific details. In other instances, well-known process operations have not been described in detail to not unnecessarily obscure the disclosed embodiments. Further, while the disclosed embodiments will be described in conjunction with specific embodiments, it will be understood that the specific embodiments are not intended to limit the disclosed embodiments. It should be noted that there are many alternative ways of implementing the processes, systems, and apparatus of the present embodiments. Accordingly, the present embodiments are to be considered as illustrative and not restrictive, and the embodiments are not to be limited to the details given herein.
Claims (26)
1. An integrated lithography system, comprising:
a plurality of reaction chambers within a cluster, the plurality of reaction chambers comprising:
a photoresist (PR) deposition chamber;
a post-application bake (PAB) chamber;
a post-exposure bake (PEB) chamber;
a development chamber; and
a controller that includes one or more processors and one or more memory devices, wherein the one or more memory devices store computer-executable instructions for controlling the one or more processors to:
receive a substrate in the PR deposition chamber;
deposit a PR on a surface of the substrate within the PR deposition chamber;
receive the substrate having the PR in the PAB chamber;
treat the PR within the PAB chamber to modify material properties of the PR;
after treating the PR, receive the substrate in the PEB chamber, wherein portions of the PR have been chemically altered by exposure to radiation to create a patterned PR;
treat the patterned PR within the PEB chamber to modify material properties of the patterned PR; and
dry developing the patterned PR within the development chamber by removing either an exposed portion or an unexposed portion of the patterned PR by a dry development process comprising exposure to a chemical compound to form a PR mask.
2. The system of claim 1 , wherein the PR is a metal-containing PR.
3. The system of claim 1 , wherein the PR is an EUV PR.
4. The system of claim 1 , wherein the plurality of reaction chambers further includes a substrate clean chamber, and the computer-executable instructions further include instructions for controlling the one or more processors to, prior to the computer-executable instruction to receive the substrate having the PR in the PAB chamber:
receive the substrate having the PR in the clean chamber; and
perform a dry clean process to remove PR from a bevel edge and/or backside of the substrate.
5. The system of claim 1 , wherein the plurality of reaction chambers further includes an underlayer deposition chamber, and the computer-executable instructions further include instructions for controlling the one or more processors to, prior to the computer-executable instruction to deposit a PR:
deposit an underlayer on the surface of the substrate via a dry process, wherein the underlayer increases adhesion of the PR to the substrate.
6. The system of claim 5 , wherein the underlayer deposition chamber is the PR deposition chamber.
7. The system of claim 1 , wherein the plurality of reaction chambers further includes a pre-treatment chamber, and the computer-executable instructions further include instructions for controlling the one or more processors to, prior to the computer-executable instruction to deposit the PR:
treat the surface of the substrate via a dry process to cause more chemical functional groups on the surface of the substrate to improve PR adhesion to the substrate.
8. The system of claim 1 , wherein the computer-executable instructions further include instructions for controlling the one or more processors to perform a dry clean process to remove PR from a bevel edge and/or backside of the substrate within the PAB chamber.
9. The system of claim 1 , wherein the plurality of reaction chambers further includes a lithography scanner, and the computer-executable instructions further include instructions for controlling the one or more processors to, prior to the computer-executable instruction to receive the substrate in the PEB chamber:
receive the substrate in the lithography scanner; and
expose portions of the PR to radiation to create a patterned PR.
10. The system of claim 1 , wherein the plurality of reaction chambers are each below atmospheric pressure, and the PR is under below-atmospheric pressure until after the dry development process.
11. The system of claim 1 , wherein an ambient environment of the substrate is controlled to reduce exposure of the photoresist to moisture prior to dry developing the patterned PR.
12. The system of claim 1 , wherein the computer-executable instructions further include computer-executable instructions to deposit the PR via a dry process comprising mixing a vapor stream of an organometallic precursor with a vapor stream of a counter-reactant.
13. The system of claim 1 , wherein the processes performed by the plurality of reaction chambers are all dry processes.
14. The system of claim 1 , wherein the processes performed by the plurality of reaction chambers include wet and dry processes.
15. The system of claim 1 , wherein the cluster comprises multiple PR deposition chambers.
16. The system of claim 1 , wherein the PAB chamber and the PEB chamber are the same chamber.
17. An integrated substrate processing system, comprising:
a plurality of substrate processing environments, the plurality of substrate processing environments comprising a metal-containing photoresist (PR) deposition environment and one or more other separate integrated processing environments selected from the group consisting of:
an additional metal-containing photoresist (PR) deposition environment;
a metal-containing PR development environment, and
a thermal treatment processing environment; and
a controller that includes one or more processors and one or more memory devices, wherein the one or more memory devices store computer-executable instructions for controlling the one or more processors to:
receive a substrate in the metal-containing PR deposition environment;
deposit a metal-containing PR on a surface of the substrate within the metal-containing PR deposition environment; and
conduct additional PR processing operations in the one or more other separate integrated processing environments.
18. The system of claim 17 , wherein the plurality of substrate processing environments further includes a PR dry development processing environment, and the one or more memory devices store further computer-executable instructions for controlling the one or more processors to:
after portions of the metal-containing PR have been chemically altered by exposure to radiation to create a patterned PR, dry develop the patterned PR within the development environment by removing either an exposed portion or an unexposed portion of the patterned PR by a dry development process comprising exposure to a chemical compound to form a PR mask.
19. The system of claim 17 , wherein the plurality of substrate processing environments further includes a thermal treatment processing environment, and the one or more memory devices store further computer-executable instructions for controlling the one or more processors to:
before and/or after portions of the metal-containing PR have been chemically altered by exposure to radiation to create a patterned PR, thermally treat the metal-containing PR within the thermal treatment processing environment.
20. The system of claim 17 , wherein the plurality of substrate processing environments further includes a scanner environment, and the one or more memory devices store further computer-executable instructions for controlling the one or more processors to:
expose portions of the metal-containing PR to radiation within the scanner environment to chemically alter the exposed portions.
21. The system of claim 17 , wherein the plurality of substrate processing environments are different process chambers within a cluster.
22. The system of claim 17 , wherein the plurality of substrate processing environments are different stations within a chamber.
23. The system of claim 17 , wherein the plurality of substrate processing environments includes three metal-containing PR deposition environments.
24. The system of claim 17 , wherein the plurality of substrate processing environments comprises two metal-containing PR deposition environments and a metal-containing PR development environment, and the one or more memory devices store further computer-executable instructions for controlling the one or more processors to:
after portions of the metal-containing PR have been chemically altered by exposure to radiation to create a patterned PR, develop the patterned PR via a dry process.
25. The system of claim 17 , wherein the plurality of substrate processing environments comprises a metal-containing PR deposition environments, a thermal treatment processing environment, and a metal-containing PR development environment, and the one or more memory devices store further computer-executable instructions for controlling the one or more processors to:
before and/or after portions of the metal-containing PR have been chemically altered by exposure to radiation to create a patterned PR, thermally treat the metal-containing PR within the thermal treatment processing environment, and
after thermally treating the metal-containing PR within the thermal treatment processing environment, developing the patterned PR via a dry process.
26. The system of claim 17 , wherein the plurality of substrate processing environments comprises the metal-containing PR deposition environment, a first thermal treatment processing environment, a second thermal treatment processing environment, and a metal-containing PR development environment, and the one or more memory devices store further computer-executable instructions for controlling the one or more processors to:
before portions of the metal-containing PR have been chemically altered by exposure to radiation to create a patterned PR, thermally treat the metal-containing PR within the first thermal treatment processing environment,
after portions of the metal-containing PR have been chemically altered by exposure to radiation to create a patterned PR, thermally treat the metal-containing PR within the second thermal treatment processing environment, and
after thermally treating the metal-containing PR within the second thermal treatment processing environment, developing the patterned PR via a dry process.
Priority Applications (1)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US17/758,125 US20230045336A1 (en) | 2020-07-07 | 2021-07-02 | Integrated dry processes for patterning radiation photoresist patterning |
Applications Claiming Priority (3)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US202062705616P | 2020-07-07 | 2020-07-07 | |
US17/758,125 US20230045336A1 (en) | 2020-07-07 | 2021-07-02 | Integrated dry processes for patterning radiation photoresist patterning |
PCT/US2021/040381 WO2022010809A1 (en) | 2020-07-07 | 2021-07-02 | Integrated dry processes for patterning radiation photoresist patterning |
Related Parent Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
PCT/US2021/040381 A-371-Of-International WO2022010809A1 (en) | 2020-07-07 | 2021-07-02 | Integrated dry processes for patterning radiation photoresist patterning |
Related Child Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US18/184,545 Continuation US12183604B2 (en) | 2020-07-07 | 2023-03-15 | Integrated dry processes for patterning radiation photoresist patterning |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
US20230045336A1 true US20230045336A1 (en) | 2023-02-09 |
Family
ID=79552053
Family Applications (2)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US17/758,125 Abandoned US20230045336A1 (en) | 2020-07-07 | 2021-07-02 | Integrated dry processes for patterning radiation photoresist patterning |
US18/184,545 Active US12183604B2 (en) | 2020-07-07 | 2023-03-15 | Integrated dry processes for patterning radiation photoresist patterning |
Family Applications After (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US18/184,545 Active US12183604B2 (en) | 2020-07-07 | 2023-03-15 | Integrated dry processes for patterning radiation photoresist patterning |
Country Status (7)
Country | Link |
---|---|
US (2) | US20230045336A1 (en) |
EP (2) | EP4235757A3 (en) |
JP (4) | JP7382512B2 (en) |
KR (3) | KR102781895B1 (en) |
CN (2) | CN116626993A (en) |
TW (3) | TW202422244A (en) |
WO (1) | WO2022010809A1 (en) |
Cited By (10)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US20230290657A1 (en) * | 2020-07-07 | 2023-09-14 | Lam Research Corporation | Integrated dry processes for patterning radiation photoresist patterning |
US11921427B2 (en) | 2018-11-14 | 2024-03-05 | Lam Research Corporation | Methods for making hard masks useful in next-generation lithography |
US11988965B2 (en) | 2020-01-15 | 2024-05-21 | Lam Research Corporation | Underlayer for photoresist adhesion and dose reduction |
US12062538B2 (en) | 2019-04-30 | 2024-08-13 | Lam Research Corporation | Atomic layer etch and selective deposition process for extreme ultraviolet lithography resist improvement |
US12105422B2 (en) | 2019-06-26 | 2024-10-01 | Lam Research Corporation | Photoresist development with halide chemistries |
US12125711B2 (en) | 2019-03-18 | 2024-10-22 | Lam Research Corporation | Reducing roughness of extreme ultraviolet lithography resists |
US12211691B2 (en) | 2018-12-20 | 2025-01-28 | Lam Research Corporation | Dry development of resists |
WO2025042433A1 (en) * | 2023-08-22 | 2025-02-27 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Integrated substrate processing system with advanced substrate handling robot |
US12261044B2 (en) | 2020-02-28 | 2025-03-25 | Lam Research Corporation | Multi-layer hardmask for defect reduction in EUV patterning |
US12278125B2 (en) | 2023-10-05 | 2025-04-15 | Lam Research Corporation | Integrated dry processes for patterning radiation photoresist patterning |
Families Citing this family (2)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
WO2024070756A1 (en) * | 2022-09-27 | 2024-04-04 | 東京エレクトロン株式会社 | Substrate processing method and substrate processing system |
WO2024157943A1 (en) * | 2023-01-27 | 2024-08-02 | 東京エレクトロン株式会社 | Substrate processing method and substrate processing system |
Citations (6)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US20010055731A1 (en) * | 2000-06-27 | 2001-12-27 | Shigeo Irie | Pattern forming method and apparatus for fabricating semiconductor device |
US20040115956A1 (en) * | 2001-06-25 | 2004-06-17 | Hiroshi Ishida | Substrate treating device and substrate treating method |
US20150020848A1 (en) * | 2013-07-19 | 2015-01-22 | Lam Research Corporation | Systems and Methods for In-Situ Wafer Edge and Backside Plasma Cleaning |
US20160357107A1 (en) * | 2015-06-08 | 2016-12-08 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Immersion field guided exposure and post-exposure bake process |
US20180233362A1 (en) * | 2017-02-15 | 2018-08-16 | International Business Machines Corporation | Method to improve adhesion of photoresist on silicon substrate for extreme ultraviolet and electron beam lithography |
US20180308687A1 (en) * | 2017-04-24 | 2018-10-25 | Lam Research Corporation | Euv photopatterning and selective deposition for negative pattern mask |
Family Cites Families (504)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US3576755A (en) | 1964-09-24 | 1971-04-27 | American Cyanamid Co | Photochromism in plastic film containing inorganic materials |
US3442648A (en) | 1965-06-16 | 1969-05-06 | American Cyanamid Co | Photographic dodging method |
US3513010A (en) | 1966-07-11 | 1970-05-19 | Kalvar Corp | Conversion foil |
US3529963A (en) | 1966-08-23 | 1970-09-22 | Du Pont | Image-yielding elements and processes |
US3720515A (en) | 1971-10-20 | 1973-03-13 | Trw Inc | Microelectronic circuit production |
JPS5119974A (en) | 1974-08-12 | 1976-02-17 | Fujitsu Ltd | Kibanjoheno pataanno sentakukeiseiho |
US4341592A (en) | 1975-08-04 | 1982-07-27 | Texas Instruments Incorporated | Method for removing photoresist layer from substrate by ozone treatment |
US4061829A (en) | 1976-04-26 | 1977-12-06 | Bell Telephone Laboratories, Incorporated | Negative resist for X-ray and electron beam lithography and method of using same |
US4292384A (en) | 1977-09-30 | 1981-09-29 | Horizons Research Incorporated | Gaseous plasma developing and etching process employing low voltage DC generation |
US4241165A (en) | 1978-09-05 | 1980-12-23 | Motorola, Inc. | Plasma development process for photoresist |
US4328298A (en) | 1979-06-27 | 1982-05-04 | The Perkin-Elmer Corporation | Process for manufacturing lithography masks |
US4396704A (en) | 1981-04-22 | 1983-08-02 | Bell Telephone Laboratories, Incorporated | Solid state devices produced by organometallic plasma developed resists |
JPS58108744A (en) | 1981-12-23 | 1983-06-28 | Mitsubishi Electric Corp | Manufacture of integrated circuit |
JPS6074626A (en) | 1983-09-30 | 1985-04-26 | Fujitsu Ltd | Wafer processing method and equipment |
JPS60115222A (en) | 1983-11-28 | 1985-06-21 | Tokyo Ohka Kogyo Co Ltd | Ultra-fine pattern formation |
JPS6112653U (en) | 1984-06-25 | 1986-01-24 | 日本電気株式会社 | Bakyu whip |
JPS61234035A (en) | 1985-03-29 | 1986-10-18 | Fujitsu Ltd | Far ultraviolet irradiation dry development method |
JPS62160981A (en) | 1986-01-08 | 1987-07-16 | Mitsubishi Heavy Ind Ltd | Reconstruction method for oil tanker |
JPS6347364A (en) | 1986-08-15 | 1988-02-29 | Nippon Telegr & Teleph Corp <Ntt> | Method and apparatus for chemical vapor deposition |
GB2195663B (en) | 1986-08-15 | 1990-08-22 | Nippon Telegraph & Telephone | Chemical vapour deposition method and apparatus therefor |
JPH0778629B2 (en) | 1986-12-19 | 1995-08-23 | ミノルタ株式会社 | Positive resist film and method for forming resist pattern thereof |
US5077085A (en) | 1987-03-06 | 1991-12-31 | Schnur Joel M | High resolution metal patterning of ultra-thin films on solid substrates |
US5079600A (en) | 1987-03-06 | 1992-01-07 | Schnur Joel M | High resolution patterning on solid substrates |
US4935312A (en) | 1987-06-25 | 1990-06-19 | Nippon Mining Co., Ltd. | Film carrier having tin and indium plated layers |
US4824763A (en) | 1987-07-30 | 1989-04-25 | Ekc Technology, Inc. | Triamine positive photoresist stripping composition and prebaking process |
US4814243A (en) | 1987-09-08 | 1989-03-21 | American Telephone And Telegraph Company | Thermal processing of photoresist materials |
US4834834A (en) | 1987-11-20 | 1989-05-30 | Massachusetts Institute Of Technology | Laser photochemical etching using surface halogenation |
US4845053A (en) | 1988-01-25 | 1989-07-04 | John Zajac | Flame ashing process for stripping photoresist |
KR920004176B1 (en) | 1988-03-16 | 1992-05-30 | 후지쓰 가부시끼가이샤 | Resist Pattern Forming Process |
US4940854A (en) | 1988-07-13 | 1990-07-10 | Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company | Organic thin film controlled molecular epitaxy |
US5094936A (en) | 1988-09-16 | 1992-03-10 | Texas Instruments Incorporated | High pressure photoresist silylation process and apparatus |
EP0465064B1 (en) | 1990-06-29 | 1998-12-09 | Fujitsu Limited | Process for forming patterns |
JPH04226462A (en) | 1990-06-29 | 1992-08-17 | Fujitsu Ltd | Resist material and resist pattern formation method using the same |
US5240554A (en) | 1991-01-22 | 1993-08-31 | Kabushiki Kaisha Toshiba | Method of manufacturing semiconductor device |
US5322765A (en) | 1991-11-22 | 1994-06-21 | International Business Machines Corporation | Dry developable photoresist compositions and method for use thereof |
US6013418A (en) | 1992-04-29 | 2000-01-11 | Lucent Technologies Inc. | Method for developing images in energy sensitive materials |
GEP20002074B (en) | 1992-05-19 | 2000-05-10 | Westaim Tech Inc Ca | Modified Material and Method for its Production |
JPH0637050A (en) | 1992-07-14 | 1994-02-10 | Oki Electric Ind Co Ltd | Dry-etching device for semiconductor wafer |
JP2601112B2 (en) | 1992-11-30 | 1997-04-16 | 日本電気株式会社 | Method for manufacturing semiconductor device |
JPH06232041A (en) | 1993-02-05 | 1994-08-19 | Hitachi Ltd | Formation of pattern |
KR960010727B1 (en) | 1993-06-03 | 1996-08-07 | 현대전자산업 주식회사 | Method of removing photoresist for semiconductor manufacturing |
EP0635884A1 (en) | 1993-07-13 | 1995-01-25 | Siemens Aktiengesellschaft | Method for forming a trench in a substrate and application to smart-power-technology |
JP3654597B2 (en) | 1993-07-15 | 2005-06-02 | 株式会社ルネサステクノロジ | Manufacturing system and manufacturing method |
JPH07106224A (en) * | 1993-10-01 | 1995-04-21 | Hitachi Ltd | Pattern formation method |
JPH07161607A (en) | 1993-12-03 | 1995-06-23 | Hitachi Ltd | Pattern forming method and pattern forming apparatus |
JP3309095B2 (en) | 1994-08-30 | 2002-07-29 | 株式会社日立製作所 | Dry developing method and semiconductor device manufacturing method |
US5534312A (en) | 1994-11-14 | 1996-07-09 | Simon Fraser University | Method for directly depositing metal containing patterned films |
JPH08213304A (en) | 1995-02-06 | 1996-08-20 | Toshiba Corp | Method of forming resist pattern |
JP3258199B2 (en) | 1995-05-24 | 2002-02-18 | 沖電気工業株式会社 | Semiconductor device pattern forming method |
JPH08339950A (en) | 1995-06-09 | 1996-12-24 | Sony Corp | Photoresist pattern formation and photoresist treatment device |
US6007963A (en) | 1995-09-21 | 1999-12-28 | Sandia Corporation | Method for extreme ultraviolet lithography |
US20020031920A1 (en) | 1996-01-16 | 2002-03-14 | Lyding Joseph W. | Deuterium treatment of semiconductor devices |
US5925494A (en) * | 1996-02-16 | 1999-07-20 | Massachusetts Institute Of Technology | Vapor deposition of polymer films for photolithography |
US5761023A (en) | 1996-04-25 | 1998-06-02 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Substrate support with pressure zones having reduced contact area and temperature feedback |
US6313035B1 (en) | 1996-05-31 | 2001-11-06 | Micron Technology, Inc. | Chemical vapor deposition using organometallic precursors |
JPH1041206A (en) | 1996-07-19 | 1998-02-13 | Toshiba Corp | Semiconductor processing device and processing method |
US5914278A (en) | 1997-01-23 | 1999-06-22 | Gasonics International | Backside etch process chamber and method |
JPH10209133A (en) | 1997-01-28 | 1998-08-07 | Toshiba Corp | Plasma ashing device/method |
US6261938B1 (en) | 1997-02-12 | 2001-07-17 | Quantiscript, Inc. | Fabrication of sub-micron etch-resistant metal/semiconductor structures using resistless electron beam lithography |
US6149828A (en) | 1997-05-05 | 2000-11-21 | Micron Technology, Inc. | Supercritical etching compositions and method of using same |
WO1999004911A1 (en) | 1997-07-28 | 1999-02-04 | Massachusetts Institute Of Technology | Pyrolytic chemical vapor deposition of silicone films |
US6057587A (en) | 1997-08-28 | 2000-05-02 | Vlsi Technology, Inc. | Semiconductor device with anti-reflective structure |
KR100265766B1 (en) * | 1997-09-04 | 2000-09-15 | 윤종용 | Method of reworking wafer for semiconductor device and of manufacturing semiconductor device |
US6290779B1 (en) | 1998-06-12 | 2001-09-18 | Tokyo Electron Limited | Systems and methods for dry cleaning process chambers |
US6348239B1 (en) | 2000-04-28 | 2002-02-19 | Simon Fraser University | Method for depositing metal and metal oxide films and patterned films |
WO2000003058A1 (en) * | 1998-07-10 | 2000-01-20 | Ball Semiconductor, Inc. | Cvd photo resist and deposition |
JP2002525841A (en) | 1998-09-16 | 2002-08-13 | トーレックス・イクイップメント・コーポレーション | High-speed silicon deposition at low pressure |
US6165808A (en) | 1998-10-06 | 2000-12-26 | Micron Technology, Inc. | Low temperature process for sharpening tapered silicon structures |
JP2000305273A (en) | 1998-11-19 | 2000-11-02 | Applied Materials Inc | Far-ultraviolet ray dry photolithography |
EP1033744A3 (en) | 1999-02-26 | 2009-07-15 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Improved dry photolithography process for deep ultraviolet exposure |
KR100520670B1 (en) | 1999-05-06 | 2005-10-10 | 주식회사 하이닉스반도체 | A Process for Forming Photoresist Pattern |
JP4519280B2 (en) | 1999-06-11 | 2010-08-04 | 東京エレクトロン株式会社 | Apparatus and method for dry cleaning a process chamber |
JP2000356857A (en) | 1999-06-15 | 2000-12-26 | Toshiba Electronic Engineering Corp | Pattern forming device |
US6582891B1 (en) | 1999-12-02 | 2003-06-24 | Axcelis Technologies, Inc. | Process for reducing edge roughness in patterned photoresist |
US6432255B1 (en) | 2000-01-31 | 2002-08-13 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Method and apparatus for enhancing chamber cleaning |
US20010024769A1 (en) | 2000-02-08 | 2001-09-27 | Kevin Donoghue | Method for removing photoresist and residues from semiconductor device surfaces |
US6573030B1 (en) | 2000-02-17 | 2003-06-03 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Method for depositing an amorphous carbon layer |
US20040191423A1 (en) | 2000-04-28 | 2004-09-30 | Ruan Hai Xiong | Methods for the deposition of silver and silver oxide films and patterned films |
US20060001064A1 (en) | 2000-04-28 | 2006-01-05 | Hill Ross H | Methods for the lithographic deposition of ferroelectric materials |
KR100406174B1 (en) | 2000-06-15 | 2003-11-19 | 주식회사 하이닉스반도체 | Showerhead used chemically enhanced chemical vapor deposition equipment |
US20020015855A1 (en) | 2000-06-16 | 2002-02-07 | Talex Sajoto | System and method for depositing high dielectric constant materials and compatible conductive materials |
KR100620651B1 (en) | 2000-06-22 | 2006-09-13 | 주식회사 하이닉스반도체 | Manufacturing method of fine pattern of semiconductor device |
KR100398312B1 (en) | 2000-06-30 | 2003-09-19 | 한국과학기술원 | Organometal-containing norbornene monomer, photoresist containing its polymer, manufacturing methods thereof, and method of forming photoresist patterns |
JP2002134402A (en) | 2000-08-15 | 2002-05-10 | Tokyo Electron Ltd | Substrate processing method and device thereof |
US6645677B1 (en) | 2000-09-18 | 2003-11-11 | Micronic Laser Systems Ab | Dual layer reticle blank and manufacturing process |
JP2002100558A (en) | 2000-09-26 | 2002-04-05 | Nikon Corp | Method of painting thick film resist |
JP2002118096A (en) | 2000-10-06 | 2002-04-19 | Sony Corp | Ashing apparatus |
US6368924B1 (en) | 2000-10-31 | 2002-04-09 | Motorola, Inc. | Amorphous carbon layer for improved adhesion of photoresist and method of fabrication |
JP2005123651A (en) | 2000-12-26 | 2005-05-12 | Toshiba Corp | Resist film processing apparatus and method of forming resist pattern |
US20040067444A1 (en) | 2000-12-28 | 2004-04-08 | Makoto Wakabayashi | Method for patterning electroconductive tin oxide film |
US6596641B2 (en) | 2001-03-01 | 2003-07-22 | Micron Technology, Inc. | Chemical vapor deposition methods |
US6797439B1 (en) | 2001-03-30 | 2004-09-28 | Schott Lithotec Ag | Photomask with back-side anti-reflective layer and method of manufacture |
US6686132B2 (en) | 2001-04-20 | 2004-02-03 | The Regents Of The University Of California | Method and apparatus for enhancing resist sensitivity and resolution by application of an alternating electric field during post-exposure bake |
US6933673B2 (en) | 2001-04-27 | 2005-08-23 | Semiconductor Energy Laboratory Co., Ltd. | Luminescent device and process of manufacturing the same |
US20020185067A1 (en) | 2001-06-07 | 2002-12-12 | International Business Machines Corporation | Apparatus and method for in-situ cleaning of a throttle valve in a CVD system |
US6926957B2 (en) | 2001-06-29 | 2005-08-09 | 3M Innovative Properties Company | Water-based ink-receptive coating |
US6448097B1 (en) | 2001-07-23 | 2002-09-10 | Advanced Micro Devices Inc. | Measure fluorescence from chemical released during trim etch |
DE10138105A1 (en) | 2001-08-03 | 2003-02-27 | Infineon Technologies Ag | Photoresist and method for structuring such a photoresist |
JP2003213001A (en) | 2001-11-13 | 2003-07-30 | Sekisui Chem Co Ltd | Photoreactive composition |
KR100443509B1 (en) | 2001-12-21 | 2004-08-09 | 주식회사 하이닉스반도체 | Method for forming fine pattern of semiconductor |
US7067235B2 (en) | 2002-01-15 | 2006-06-27 | Ming Huan Tsai | Bi-layer photoresist dry development and reactive ion etch method |
US6780787B2 (en) | 2002-03-21 | 2004-08-24 | Lam Research Corporation | Low contamination components for semiconductor processing apparatus and methods for making components |
JP2003280155A (en) | 2002-03-22 | 2003-10-02 | Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd | Automatic developing device |
US6843858B2 (en) | 2002-04-02 | 2005-01-18 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Method of cleaning a semiconductor processing chamber |
KR100871047B1 (en) | 2002-04-11 | 2008-12-01 | 호야 가부시키가이샤 | Reflection type mask blank and reflection type mask and production methods for them |
JP3806702B2 (en) | 2002-04-11 | 2006-08-09 | Hoya株式会社 | REFLECTIVE MASK BLANK, REFLECTIVE MASK, MANUFACTURING METHOD THEREOF, AND SEMICONDUCTOR MANUFACTURING METHOD |
US7169440B2 (en) | 2002-04-16 | 2007-01-30 | Tokyo Electron Limited | Method for removing photoresist and etch residues |
DE10219173A1 (en) | 2002-04-30 | 2003-11-20 | Philips Intellectual Property | Process for the generation of extreme ultraviolet radiation |
US7734439B2 (en) | 2002-06-24 | 2010-06-08 | Mattson Technology, Inc. | System and process for calibrating pyrometers in thermal processing chambers |
US6841943B2 (en) | 2002-06-27 | 2005-01-11 | Lam Research Corp. | Plasma processor with electrode simultaneously responsive to plural frequencies |
AU2003280994A1 (en) | 2002-07-10 | 2004-02-02 | Tokyo Electron Limited | Film forming apparatus |
US20050142885A1 (en) | 2002-08-30 | 2005-06-30 | Tokyo Electron Limited | Method of etching and etching apparatus |
KR101101698B1 (en) | 2002-10-21 | 2011-12-30 | 나노잉크, 인크. | Nanometer-level controlled structures, methods and apparatus for their fabrication, and their application to mask repair, reinforcement, and fabrication |
US6624127B1 (en) | 2002-11-15 | 2003-09-23 | Intel Corporation | Highly polar cleans for removal of residues from semiconductor structures |
TW200410337A (en) | 2002-12-02 | 2004-06-16 | Au Optronics Corp | Dry cleaning method for plasma reaction chamber |
JP4153783B2 (en) | 2002-12-09 | 2008-09-24 | 株式会社東芝 | X-ray flat panel detector |
US6911067B2 (en) | 2003-01-10 | 2005-06-28 | Blue29, Llc | Solution composition and method for electroless deposition of coatings free of alkali metals |
JP4325301B2 (en) | 2003-01-31 | 2009-09-02 | 東京エレクトロン株式会社 | Mounting table, processing apparatus, and processing method |
JP2004247678A (en) | 2003-02-17 | 2004-09-02 | Fujitsu Ltd | Semiconductor device manufacturing method and semiconductor manufacturing device cleaning method |
JP2004259786A (en) | 2003-02-24 | 2004-09-16 | Canon Inc | Aligner |
US6902605B2 (en) | 2003-03-06 | 2005-06-07 | Blue29, Llc | Activation-free electroless solution for deposition of cobalt and method for deposition of cobalt capping/passivation layer on copper |
US7029832B2 (en) | 2003-03-11 | 2006-04-18 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Immersion lithography methods using carbon dioxide |
KR100989107B1 (en) | 2003-03-31 | 2010-10-25 | 인터내셔널 비지니스 머신즈 코포레이션 | Method and apparatus for multilayer photoresist dry development |
US20040203256A1 (en) | 2003-04-08 | 2004-10-14 | Seagate Technology Llc | Irradiation-assisted immobilization and patterning of nanostructured materials on substrates for device fabrication |
US6794288B1 (en) | 2003-05-05 | 2004-09-21 | Blue29 Corporation | Method for electroless deposition of phosphorus-containing metal films onto copper with palladium-free activation |
CN1856742B (en) | 2003-09-24 | 2010-11-24 | 日立化成工业株式会社 | Photosensitive element, method of forming resist pattern, and process for producing printed wiring board |
GB0323805D0 (en) | 2003-10-10 | 2003-11-12 | Univ Southampton | Synthesis of germanium sulphide and related compounds |
US7307695B2 (en) | 2003-10-10 | 2007-12-11 | Asml Netherlands B.V. | Method and device for alignment of a substrate |
US7126128B2 (en) | 2004-02-13 | 2006-10-24 | Kabushiki Kaisha Toshiba | Flat panel x-ray detector |
JP4459666B2 (en) | 2004-03-12 | 2010-04-28 | 株式会社半導体エネルギー研究所 | Removal equipment |
CN101053063B (en) | 2004-09-01 | 2012-10-03 | 艾克塞利斯技术公司 | Apparatus and plasma ashing process for increasing photoresist removal rate |
JP2006253282A (en) | 2005-03-09 | 2006-09-21 | Ebara Corp | Pattern forming method of metal film |
US20060068173A1 (en) | 2004-09-30 | 2006-03-30 | Ebara Corporation | Methods for forming and patterning of metallic films |
US7112489B1 (en) | 2004-12-03 | 2006-09-26 | Advanced Micro Devices, Inc. | Negative resist or dry develop process for forming middle of line implant layer |
US20060128127A1 (en) | 2004-12-13 | 2006-06-15 | Jung-Hun Seo | Method of depositing a metal compound layer and apparatus for depositing a metal compound layer |
US7885387B2 (en) | 2004-12-17 | 2011-02-08 | Osaka University | Extreme ultraviolet light and X-ray source target and manufacturing method thereof |
KR100601979B1 (en) | 2004-12-30 | 2006-07-18 | 삼성전자주식회사 | Semiconductor Wafer Baking Apparatus |
KR100607201B1 (en) | 2005-01-04 | 2006-08-01 | 삼성전자주식회사 | How to Correct Critical Dimensional Deviation on Wafer in Extreme Ultraviolet Lithography Process |
US7381633B2 (en) | 2005-01-27 | 2008-06-03 | Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. | Method of making a patterned metal oxide film |
US7365026B2 (en) | 2005-02-01 | 2008-04-29 | Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing Company, Ltd. | CxHy sacrificial layer for cu/low-k interconnects |
US7868304B2 (en) | 2005-02-07 | 2011-01-11 | Asml Netherlands B.V. | Method for removal of deposition on an optical element, lithographic apparatus, device manufacturing method, and device manufactured thereby |
US7608367B1 (en) | 2005-04-22 | 2009-10-27 | Sandia Corporation | Vitreous carbon mask substrate for X-ray lithography |
KR100575847B1 (en) | 2005-04-29 | 2006-05-03 | 이앙구 | By-product collection method for semiconductor and flat panel display equipment |
JP2006310681A (en) | 2005-05-02 | 2006-11-09 | Dainippon Screen Mfg Co Ltd | Substrate processing method and apparatus thereof |
TWI338171B (en) | 2005-05-02 | 2011-03-01 | Au Optronics Corp | Display device and wiring structure and method for forming the same |
KR100705416B1 (en) | 2005-06-15 | 2007-04-10 | 삼성전자주식회사 | Composition for removing photoresist, method for manufacturing same, method for removing photoresist using same and method for manufacturing semiconductor device |
US7691559B2 (en) * | 2005-06-30 | 2010-04-06 | Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing Company, Ltd. | Immersion lithography edge bead removal |
JP4530933B2 (en) | 2005-07-21 | 2010-08-25 | 大日本スクリーン製造株式会社 | Substrate heat treatment equipment |
US7517640B2 (en) | 2005-08-11 | 2009-04-14 | Texas Instruments Incorporated | Method for removing photoresist using a thermal bake in the presence of hydrogen and a semiconductor device manufactured using the same |
US7482280B2 (en) | 2005-08-15 | 2009-01-27 | Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing Company, Ltd. | Method for forming a lithography pattern |
JP4530980B2 (en) | 2005-08-26 | 2010-08-25 | 東京応化工業株式会社 | Film forming material and pattern forming method |
US7909960B2 (en) | 2005-09-27 | 2011-03-22 | Lam Research Corporation | Apparatus and methods to remove films on bevel edge and backside of wafer |
JP2007114255A (en) | 2005-10-18 | 2007-05-10 | Toray Ind Inc | Photosensitive resin printing plate precursor and method for manufacturing same |
US8664124B2 (en) | 2005-10-31 | 2014-03-04 | Novellus Systems, Inc. | Method for etching organic hardmasks |
JP5055743B2 (en) | 2005-11-04 | 2012-10-24 | セントラル硝子株式会社 | A fluorine-containing polymer coating composition, a method for forming a fluorine-containing polymer film using the coating composition, and a method for forming a photoresist or a lithography pattern. |
US7968437B2 (en) | 2005-11-18 | 2011-06-28 | Hitachi Kokusai Electric Inc. | Semiconductor device manufacturing method and substrate processing apparatus |
US20070117040A1 (en) | 2005-11-21 | 2007-05-24 | International Business Machines Corporation | Water castable-water strippable top coats for 193 nm immersion lithography |
KR100891779B1 (en) | 2005-11-28 | 2009-04-07 | 허니웰 인터내셔날 인코포레이티드 | Organometallic precursors and related intermediates for deposition processes, their production and methods of use |
JP2007207530A (en) | 2006-01-31 | 2007-08-16 | Toshiba Corp | Anisotropic conductive film, X-ray flat panel detector, infrared flat panel detector and display device using the same |
US7662718B2 (en) | 2006-03-09 | 2010-02-16 | Micron Technology, Inc. | Trim process for critical dimension control for integrated circuits |
US7682659B1 (en) | 2006-04-10 | 2010-03-23 | The Regents Of The University Of California | Fabrication of suspended carbon micro and nanoscale structures |
DE602006009646D1 (en) | 2006-04-20 | 2009-11-19 | Capital Formation Inc | COATING FOR ROUGH ENVIRONMENTS AND SENSORS USING THE SAME |
KR100721206B1 (en) | 2006-05-04 | 2007-05-23 | 주식회사 하이닉스반도체 | Storage node contact formation method of semiconductor device |
US7605063B2 (en) | 2006-05-10 | 2009-10-20 | Lam Research Corporation | Photoresist stripping chamber and methods of etching photoresist on substrates |
US20070287073A1 (en) | 2006-06-07 | 2007-12-13 | Francis Goodwin | Lithography systems and methods |
JP2008010353A (en) | 2006-06-30 | 2008-01-17 | Seiko Epson Corp | Mask manufacturing method, wiring pattern manufacturing method, and plasma display manufacturing method |
EP2047332A4 (en) | 2006-07-10 | 2009-11-18 | Pixelligent Technologies Llc | Resists for photolithography |
US7534627B2 (en) | 2006-08-07 | 2009-05-19 | Sokudo Co., Ltd. | Methods and systems for controlling critical dimensions in track lithography tools |
US7718542B2 (en) * | 2006-08-25 | 2010-05-18 | Lam Research Corporation | Low-k damage avoidance during bevel etch processing |
US7771895B2 (en) | 2006-09-15 | 2010-08-10 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Method of etching extreme ultraviolet light (EUV) photomasks |
JP2008091215A (en) | 2006-10-02 | 2008-04-17 | Nitto Kasei Co Ltd | Tin oxide film former, tin oxide film formation method using it, and tin oxide film formed by it |
FR2908137A1 (en) | 2006-11-02 | 2008-05-09 | Lapeyre Sa | THIN FILM DEPOSITION METHOD AND PRODUCT OBTAINED |
JP4428717B2 (en) * | 2006-11-14 | 2010-03-10 | 東京エレクトロン株式会社 | Substrate processing method and substrate processing system |
JP5132920B2 (en) | 2006-11-22 | 2013-01-30 | 東京エレクトロン株式会社 | Coating / developing apparatus, substrate transport method, and computer program |
US20100086880A1 (en) | 2007-01-17 | 2010-04-08 | Sony Corporation | Developing solution and method for production of finely patterned material |
JP5200276B2 (en) | 2007-03-30 | 2013-06-05 | 東京エレクトロン株式会社 | Inline lithography and etching system |
KR101392291B1 (en) | 2007-04-13 | 2014-05-07 | 주식회사 동진쎄미켐 | Photoresist composition and method of manufacturing a thin-film transistor substrate using the same |
US8105660B2 (en) | 2007-06-28 | 2012-01-31 | Andrew W Tudhope | Method for producing diamond-like carbon coatings using PECVD and diamondoid precursors on internal surfaces of a hollow component |
US8664513B2 (en) | 2007-10-12 | 2014-03-04 | OmniPV, Inc. | Solar modules with enhanced efficiencies via use of spectral concentrators |
US7976631B2 (en) | 2007-10-16 | 2011-07-12 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Multi-gas straight channel showerhead |
KR100921932B1 (en) | 2007-10-25 | 2009-10-15 | 포항공과대학교 산학협력단 | Patterning method using polyatomic molecules |
SG153748A1 (en) | 2007-12-17 | 2009-07-29 | Asml Holding Nv | Lithographic method and apparatus |
WO2009080610A1 (en) | 2007-12-20 | 2009-07-02 | Nv Bekaert Sa | A substrate coated with amorphous hydrogenated carbon |
US8236476B2 (en) | 2008-01-08 | 2012-08-07 | International Business Machines Corporation | Multiple exposure photolithography methods and photoresist compositions |
US20090197086A1 (en) | 2008-02-04 | 2009-08-06 | Sudha Rathi | Elimination of photoresist material collapse and poisoning in 45-nm feature size using dry or immersion lithography |
CN102084468B (en) | 2008-02-08 | 2014-10-29 | 朗姆研究公司 | Adjustable gap capacitively coupled RF plasma reactor including lateral bellows and non-contact particle seal |
JP4978501B2 (en) | 2008-02-14 | 2012-07-18 | 日本電気株式会社 | Thermal infrared detector and method for manufacturing the same |
US8153348B2 (en) | 2008-02-20 | 2012-04-10 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Process sequence for formation of patterned hard mask film (RFP) without need for photoresist or dry etch |
JP5017147B2 (en) | 2008-03-06 | 2012-09-05 | 東京エレクトロン株式会社 | Substrate processing method, program, computer storage medium, and substrate processing system |
US7985513B2 (en) | 2008-03-18 | 2011-07-26 | Advanced Micro Devices, Inc. | Fluorine-passivated reticles for use in lithography and methods for fabricating the same |
US7967995B2 (en) | 2008-03-31 | 2011-06-28 | Tokyo Electron Limited | Multi-layer/multi-input/multi-output (MLMIMO) models and method for using |
US20090286402A1 (en) | 2008-05-13 | 2009-11-19 | Applied Materials, Inc | Method for critical dimension shrink using conformal pecvd films |
US20090286397A1 (en) | 2008-05-15 | 2009-11-19 | Lam Research Corporation | Selective inductive double patterning |
JP2009294439A (en) | 2008-06-05 | 2009-12-17 | Toshiba Corp | Resist pattern forming method |
JP5171422B2 (en) | 2008-06-19 | 2013-03-27 | ルネサスエレクトロニクス株式会社 | Photosensitive composition, pattern forming method using the same, and method for producing semiconductor element |
US20090321707A1 (en) | 2008-06-25 | 2009-12-31 | Matthew Metz | Intersubstrate-dielectric nanolaminate layer for improved temperature stability of gate dielectric films |
JP2010034491A (en) | 2008-06-25 | 2010-02-12 | Tokyo Electron Ltd | Annealing apparatus |
US20090325387A1 (en) | 2008-06-26 | 2009-12-31 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Methods and apparatus for in-situ chamber dry clean during photomask plasma etching |
JP5391594B2 (en) | 2008-07-02 | 2014-01-15 | 富士通セミコンダクター株式会社 | Manufacturing method of semiconductor device |
JP4966922B2 (en) * | 2008-07-07 | 2012-07-04 | 東京エレクトロン株式会社 | Resist processing apparatus, resist coating and developing apparatus, and resist processing method |
CN102089860B (en) | 2008-07-14 | 2014-03-12 | 旭硝子株式会社 | Reflective mask blank for EUV lithography and reflective mask for EUV lithography |
KR20110046439A (en) | 2008-07-24 | 2011-05-04 | 코비오 인코포레이티드 | Aluminum ink and its manufacturing method, aluminum ink deposition method and film formed by printing and / or deposition of aluminum ink |
KR101482944B1 (en) | 2008-08-04 | 2015-01-16 | 한국과학기술원 | method for manufacturing thin film transistors based on titanium oxides as active layer and thin film transistors thereof |
US8435723B2 (en) | 2008-09-11 | 2013-05-07 | Nikon Corporation | Pattern forming method and device production method |
EP2345932A4 (en) | 2008-10-14 | 2012-06-13 | Asahi Kasei Corp | THERMOREACTIVE RESERVE MATERIAL, THERMAL LITHOGRAPHY LAMINATED BODY USING THE MATERIAL, AND METHOD OF MANUFACTURING THE MOLD USING THE MATERIAL AND THE LAMINATED BODY |
US8105954B2 (en) * | 2008-10-20 | 2012-01-31 | aiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing Company, Ltd. | System and method of vapor deposition |
JP5225815B2 (en) | 2008-11-19 | 2013-07-03 | 東京エレクトロン株式会社 | Interface device, method for transporting substrate, and computer-readable storage medium |
US7977235B2 (en) | 2009-02-02 | 2011-07-12 | Tokyo Electron Limited | Method for manufacturing a semiconductor device with metal-containing cap layers |
JP4880004B2 (en) | 2009-02-06 | 2012-02-22 | 東京エレクトロン株式会社 | Substrate processing system |
JP2010239087A (en) | 2009-03-31 | 2010-10-21 | Tokyo Electron Ltd | Substrate supporting device and method of supporting substrate |
JP5193121B2 (en) | 2009-04-17 | 2013-05-08 | 東京エレクトロン株式会社 | Resist coating and development method |
US8114306B2 (en) | 2009-05-22 | 2012-02-14 | International Business Machines Corporation | Method of forming sub-lithographic features using directed self-assembly of polymers |
US20100304027A1 (en) | 2009-05-27 | 2010-12-02 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Substrate processing system and methods thereof |
US20100310790A1 (en) | 2009-06-09 | 2010-12-09 | Nanya Technology Corporation | Method of forming carbon-containing layer |
US20120183689A1 (en) | 2009-09-29 | 2012-07-19 | Tokyo Electron Limited | Ni film forming method |
WO2011061695A2 (en) | 2009-11-17 | 2011-05-26 | Oc Oerlikon Balzers Ag | Apparatus and method for processing a substrate |
TWI494682B (en) | 2009-11-18 | 2015-08-01 | Hoya Corp | Method of reproducing a substrate, method of manufacturing a mask blank, method of manufacturing a substrate with a multilayer reflective film and method of manufacturing a reflective-type mask blank |
US8247332B2 (en) | 2009-12-04 | 2012-08-21 | Novellus Systems, Inc. | Hardmask materials |
CN102656517B (en) | 2009-12-28 | 2014-05-14 | 旭硝子株式会社 | Photosensitive composition, partition wall, color filter and organic EL element |
US20110177694A1 (en) | 2010-01-15 | 2011-07-21 | Tokyo Electron Limited | Switchable Neutral Beam Source |
JP5068831B2 (en) | 2010-02-05 | 2012-11-07 | 信越化学工業株式会社 | Resist underlayer film material, resist underlayer film forming method, pattern forming method |
JP5544914B2 (en) | 2010-02-15 | 2014-07-09 | 大日本印刷株式会社 | Method for manufacturing a reflective mask |
JP5003773B2 (en) | 2010-02-15 | 2012-08-15 | 東京エレクトロン株式会社 | Developing device, developing method, and storage medium |
JP5495847B2 (en) | 2010-02-24 | 2014-05-21 | 株式会社日立国際電気 | Semiconductor device manufacturing method, substrate processing apparatus, and substrate processing method |
US8178439B2 (en) | 2010-03-30 | 2012-05-15 | Tokyo Electron Limited | Surface cleaning and selective deposition of metal-containing cap layers for semiconductor devices |
US9257274B2 (en) | 2010-04-15 | 2016-02-09 | Lam Research Corporation | Gapfill of variable aspect ratio features with a composite PEALD and PECVD method |
CN102939641A (en) | 2010-04-30 | 2013-02-20 | 应用材料公司 | Amorphous carbon deposition method for improved stack defectivity |
US8475674B2 (en) | 2010-04-30 | 2013-07-02 | Applied Materials, Inc. | High-temperature selective dry etch having reduced post-etch solid residue |
US9176377B2 (en) | 2010-06-01 | 2015-11-03 | Inpria Corporation | Patterned inorganic layers, radiation based patterning compositions and corresponding methods |
JP5392190B2 (en) * | 2010-06-01 | 2014-01-22 | 東京エレクトロン株式会社 | Substrate processing system and substrate processing method |
US20120118225A1 (en) | 2010-09-16 | 2012-05-17 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Epitaxial growth temperature control in led manufacture |
US8138097B1 (en) | 2010-09-20 | 2012-03-20 | Kabushiki Kaisha Toshiba | Method for processing semiconductor structure and device based on the same |
US8524612B2 (en) | 2010-09-23 | 2013-09-03 | Novellus Systems, Inc. | Plasma-activated deposition of conformal films |
TW201224190A (en) | 2010-10-06 | 2012-06-16 | Applied Materials Inc | Atomic layer deposition of photoresist materials and hard mask precursors |
KR101209297B1 (en) | 2010-10-18 | 2012-12-06 | 주성엔지니어링(주) | Substrate heating apparatus and substrate heating method |
US8470711B2 (en) | 2010-11-23 | 2013-06-25 | International Business Machines Corporation | Tone inversion with partial underlayer etch for semiconductor device formation |
US20110147350A1 (en) | 2010-12-03 | 2011-06-23 | Uvtech Systems Inc. | Modular apparatus for wafer edge processing |
US9719169B2 (en) | 2010-12-20 | 2017-08-01 | Novellus Systems, Inc. | System and apparatus for flowable deposition in semiconductor fabrication |
JP5572560B2 (en) * | 2011-01-05 | 2014-08-13 | 東京エレクトロン株式会社 | Film forming apparatus, substrate processing system, substrate processing method, and semiconductor device manufacturing method |
US8836082B2 (en) | 2011-01-31 | 2014-09-16 | Brewer Science Inc. | Reversal lithography approach by selective deposition of nanoparticles |
US8778816B2 (en) | 2011-02-04 | 2014-07-15 | Applied Materials, Inc. | In situ vapor phase surface activation of SiO2 |
JP5708522B2 (en) | 2011-02-15 | 2015-04-30 | 信越化学工業株式会社 | Resist material and pattern forming method using the same |
JP5842338B2 (en) | 2011-02-17 | 2016-01-13 | セイコーエプソン株式会社 | Tunable interference filter, optical module, and electronic device |
WO2012118847A2 (en) | 2011-02-28 | 2012-09-07 | Inpria Corportion | Solution processible hardmarks for high resolusion lithography |
TWI534291B (en) | 2011-03-18 | 2016-05-21 | 應用材料股份有限公司 | Showerhead assembly |
US8501499B2 (en) | 2011-03-28 | 2013-08-06 | Tokyo Electron Limited | Adaptive recipe selector |
US8532796B2 (en) | 2011-03-31 | 2013-09-10 | Tokyo Electron Limited | Contact processing using multi-input/multi-output (MIMO) models |
FR2975823B1 (en) | 2011-05-27 | 2014-11-21 | Commissariat Energie Atomique | METHOD FOR MAKING A PATTERN ON THE SURFACE OF A BLOCK OF A SUBSTRATE USING BLOCK COPOLYMERS |
KR101295791B1 (en) | 2011-05-31 | 2013-08-09 | 세메스 주식회사 | substrate processing apparatus and substrate processing method |
US8709706B2 (en) | 2011-06-15 | 2014-04-29 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Methods and apparatus for performing multiple photoresist layer development and etching processes |
US9261784B2 (en) | 2011-07-08 | 2016-02-16 | Asml Netherlands B.V. | Lithographic patterning process and resists to use therein |
US8741775B2 (en) | 2011-07-20 | 2014-06-03 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Method of patterning a low-K dielectric film |
CN102610516B (en) | 2011-07-22 | 2015-01-21 | 上海华力微电子有限公司 | Method for improving adhesion force between photoresist and metal/metallic compound surface |
EP2587518B1 (en) | 2011-10-31 | 2018-12-19 | IHI Hauzer Techno Coating B.V. | Apparatus and Method for depositing Hydrogen-free ta C Layers on Workpieces and Workpiece |
US8808561B2 (en) | 2011-11-15 | 2014-08-19 | Lam Research Coporation | Inert-dominant pulsing in plasma processing systems |
EP2783389B1 (en) | 2011-11-21 | 2021-03-10 | Brewer Science, Inc. | Structure comprising assist layers for euv lithography and method for forming it |
US8809994B2 (en) | 2011-12-09 | 2014-08-19 | International Business Machines Corporation | Deep isolation trench structure and deep trench capacitor on a semiconductor-on-insulator substrate |
US20130177847A1 (en) | 2011-12-12 | 2013-07-11 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Photoresist for improved lithographic control |
US8691476B2 (en) | 2011-12-16 | 2014-04-08 | Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing Company, Ltd. | EUV mask and method for forming the same |
EP2608247A1 (en) | 2011-12-21 | 2013-06-26 | Imec | EUV photoresist encapsulation |
JP5705103B2 (en) | 2011-12-26 | 2015-04-22 | 株式会社東芝 | Pattern formation method |
JP5383787B2 (en) | 2011-12-27 | 2014-01-08 | 株式会社日立国際電気 | Cleaning method, semiconductor device manufacturing method, and substrate processing apparatus |
JP5919896B2 (en) | 2011-12-28 | 2016-05-18 | 住友ベークライト株式会社 | Cured film processing method and semiconductor device manufacturing method |
US8883028B2 (en) | 2011-12-28 | 2014-11-11 | Lam Research Corporation | Mixed mode pulsing etching in plasma processing systems |
KR101920711B1 (en) | 2012-01-16 | 2018-11-22 | 삼성전자주식회사 | Thin film patterning method and manufacturing method of semiconductor device using the same |
SG193093A1 (en) | 2012-02-13 | 2013-09-30 | Novellus Systems Inc | Method for etching organic hardmasks |
CN103243310B (en) | 2012-02-14 | 2017-04-12 | 诺发系统公司 | Method for plasma activated conformal film deposition on substrate surface |
US8703386B2 (en) | 2012-02-27 | 2014-04-22 | International Business Machines Corporation | Metal peroxo compounds with organic co-ligands for electron beam, deep UV and extreme UV photoresist applications |
JP6091487B2 (en) | 2012-03-30 | 2017-03-08 | 株式会社日立国際電気 | Substrate processing apparatus, substrate processing apparatus control method, substrate processing apparatus maintenance method, and recipe control program |
US9048294B2 (en) | 2012-04-13 | 2015-06-02 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Methods for depositing manganese and manganese nitrides |
WO2013172359A1 (en) | 2012-05-14 | 2013-11-21 | コニカミノルタ株式会社 | Gas barrier film, manufacturing method for gas barrier film, and electronic device |
SG195494A1 (en) | 2012-05-18 | 2013-12-30 | Novellus Systems Inc | Carbon deposition-etch-ash gap fill process |
JP6034598B2 (en) | 2012-05-31 | 2016-11-30 | ギガフォトン株式会社 | Cleaning method for EUV light generation apparatus |
KR102207992B1 (en) | 2012-10-23 | 2021-01-26 | 램 리써치 코포레이션 | Sub-saturated atomic layer deposition and conformal film deposition |
SG2013083241A (en) | 2012-11-08 | 2014-06-27 | Novellus Systems Inc | Conformal film deposition for gapfill |
US8969997B2 (en) | 2012-11-14 | 2015-03-03 | Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing Company, Ltd. | Isolation structures and methods of forming the same |
KR102009864B1 (en) | 2012-11-20 | 2019-08-12 | 주성엔지니어링(주) | Substrate processing apparatus |
US8927989B2 (en) | 2012-11-28 | 2015-01-06 | International Business Machines Corporation | Voltage contrast inspection of deep trench isolation |
US9362133B2 (en) | 2012-12-14 | 2016-06-07 | Lam Research Corporation | Method for forming a mask by etching conformal film on patterned ashable hardmask |
US9337068B2 (en) | 2012-12-18 | 2016-05-10 | Lam Research Corporation | Oxygen-containing ceramic hard masks and associated wet-cleans |
KR101792165B1 (en) | 2012-12-18 | 2017-10-31 | 시스타 케미칼즈 인코포레이티드 | Process and method for in-situ dry cleaning of thin film deposition reactors and thin film layers |
JP5913077B2 (en) | 2012-12-18 | 2016-04-27 | 信越化学工業株式会社 | Positive resist material and pattern forming method using the same |
JP6280721B2 (en) | 2013-01-22 | 2018-02-14 | 東京エレクトロン株式会社 | Method of forming TiN film and storage medium |
JP6134522B2 (en) | 2013-01-30 | 2017-05-24 | 株式会社ニューフレアテクノロジー | Vapor growth apparatus and vapor growth method |
JP6068171B2 (en) | 2013-02-04 | 2017-01-25 | 株式会社日立ハイテクノロジーズ | Sample processing method and sample processing apparatus |
US9304396B2 (en) | 2013-02-25 | 2016-04-05 | Lam Research Corporation | PECVD films for EUV lithography |
JP5871844B2 (en) | 2013-03-06 | 2016-03-01 | 東京エレクトロン株式会社 | Substrate processing method, program, computer storage medium, and substrate processing system |
CN105190847A (en) | 2013-03-08 | 2015-12-23 | 应用材料公司 | Chamber component with protective coating suitable for protection against fluorine plasma |
US9607904B2 (en) | 2013-03-11 | 2017-03-28 | Intermolecular, Inc. | Atomic layer deposition of HfAlC as a metal gate workfunction material in MOS devices |
US9223220B2 (en) | 2013-03-12 | 2015-12-29 | Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing Company, Ltd. | Photo resist baking in lithography process |
US9632411B2 (en) | 2013-03-14 | 2017-04-25 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Vapor deposition deposited photoresist, and manufacturing and lithography systems therefor |
WO2014159427A1 (en) | 2013-03-14 | 2014-10-02 | Applied Materials, Inc | Resist hardening and development processes for semiconductor device manufacturing |
US10953441B2 (en) | 2013-03-15 | 2021-03-23 | Kla Corporation | System and method for cleaning optical surfaces of an extreme ultraviolet optical system |
US9224583B2 (en) | 2013-03-15 | 2015-12-29 | Lam Research Corporation | System and method for heating plasma exposed surfaces |
US10074544B2 (en) | 2013-04-23 | 2018-09-11 | Massachusetts Institute Of Technology | Developer free positive tone lithography by thermal direct write |
US10781516B2 (en) | 2013-06-28 | 2020-09-22 | Lam Research Corporation | Chemical deposition chamber having gas seal |
US20150004798A1 (en) | 2013-06-28 | 2015-01-01 | Lam Research Corporation | Chemical deposition chamber having gas seal |
JP6242095B2 (en) | 2013-06-28 | 2017-12-06 | 株式会社日立国際電気 | Cleaning method, semiconductor device manufacturing method, substrate processing apparatus, and program |
US9310684B2 (en) | 2013-08-22 | 2016-04-12 | Inpria Corporation | Organometallic solution based high resolution patterning compositions |
US9372402B2 (en) | 2013-09-13 | 2016-06-21 | The Research Foundation For The State University Of New York | Molecular organometallic resists for EUV |
US9405204B2 (en) | 2013-09-18 | 2016-08-02 | Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing Co., Ltd. | Method of overlay in extreme ultra-violet (EUV) lithography |
US9576810B2 (en) | 2013-10-03 | 2017-02-21 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Process for etching metal using a combination of plasma and solid state sources |
WO2015069658A1 (en) | 2013-11-08 | 2015-05-14 | Tokyo Electron Limited | Method for using post-processing methods for accelerating euv lithography |
CN110783233B (en) | 2013-11-12 | 2023-10-27 | 应用材料公司 | Background elimination for pyrometers |
JP5917477B2 (en) | 2013-11-29 | 2016-05-18 | 株式会社日立国際電気 | Substrate processing apparatus, semiconductor device manufacturing method, and program |
US9139908B2 (en) | 2013-12-12 | 2015-09-22 | The Boeing Company | Gradient thin films |
US10217615B2 (en) | 2013-12-16 | 2019-02-26 | Lam Research Corporation | Plasma processing apparatus and component thereof including an optical fiber for determining a temperature thereof |
US9305839B2 (en) | 2013-12-19 | 2016-04-05 | Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing Company, Ltd. | Curing photo resist for improving etching selectivity |
US9324606B2 (en) | 2014-01-09 | 2016-04-26 | Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing Co., Ltd. | Self-aligned repairing process for barrier layer |
US9778561B2 (en) | 2014-01-31 | 2017-10-03 | Lam Research Corporation | Vacuum-integrated hardmask processes and apparatus |
TWI686499B (en) | 2014-02-04 | 2020-03-01 | 荷蘭商Asm Ip控股公司 | Selective deposition of metals, metal oxides, and dielectrics |
SG11201606813TA (en) | 2014-02-21 | 2016-09-29 | Tokyo Electron Ltd | Photosensitization chemical-amplification type resist material, method for forming pattern using same, semiconductor device, mask for lithography, and template for nanoimprinting |
TWI575566B (en) | 2014-02-24 | 2017-03-21 | 東京威力科創股份有限公司 | Methods and techniques to use with photosensitized chemically amplified resist chemicals and processes |
KR102233577B1 (en) | 2014-02-25 | 2021-03-30 | 삼성전자주식회사 | Method for forming patterns of a semiconductor device |
CN106030408B (en) | 2014-02-26 | 2019-11-05 | 日产化学工业株式会社 | Resistant upper layer film forms the manufacturing method of the semiconductor device with composition and using the composition |
JP2015185594A (en) | 2014-03-20 | 2015-10-22 | 株式会社日立ハイテクノロジーズ | Etching device |
US20170066225A1 (en) | 2014-04-22 | 2017-03-09 | Sabic Global Technologies B.V. | Integrated flexible transparent conductive film |
US10685846B2 (en) | 2014-05-16 | 2020-06-16 | Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing Company, Ltd. | Semiconductor integrated circuit fabrication with pattern-reversing process |
US9377692B2 (en) | 2014-06-10 | 2016-06-28 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Electric/magnetic field guided acid diffusion |
CN106662816B (en) | 2014-07-08 | 2020-10-23 | 东京毅力科创株式会社 | Negative tone developer compatible photoresist compositions and methods of use |
GB201412201D0 (en) | 2014-07-09 | 2014-08-20 | Isis Innovation | Two-step deposition process |
US9451614B2 (en) | 2014-07-21 | 2016-09-20 | Qualcomm Incorporated | System and methods for improving performance of a multi-SIM wireless device operating in single-SIM or multi-SIM standby mode |
US20160041471A1 (en) | 2014-08-07 | 2016-02-11 | International Business Machines Corporation | Acidified conductive water for developer residue removal |
JP6391355B2 (en) | 2014-08-11 | 2018-09-19 | 東京エレクトロン株式会社 | Method for forming tungsten film |
KR101994793B1 (en) | 2014-09-02 | 2019-07-01 | 후지필름 가부시키가이샤 | Pattern forming method, method for manufacturing electronic device, resist composition and resist film |
JP6572899B2 (en) | 2014-09-17 | 2019-09-11 | Jsr株式会社 | Pattern formation method |
US20160086864A1 (en) | 2014-09-24 | 2016-03-24 | Lam Research Corporation | Movable gas nozzle in drying module |
JP6314779B2 (en) | 2014-10-01 | 2018-04-25 | 東京エレクトロン株式会社 | Liquid processing method, storage medium, and liquid processing apparatus |
KR102600795B1 (en) | 2014-10-23 | 2023-11-09 | 인프리아 코포레이션 | Organometallic solution based high resolution patterning compositions and corresponding methods |
JP6317232B2 (en) | 2014-10-29 | 2018-04-25 | 東京エレクトロン株式会社 | Selective growth method and substrate processing apparatus |
US9609730B2 (en) | 2014-11-12 | 2017-03-28 | Lam Research Corporation | Adjustment of VUV emission of a plasma via collisional resonant energy transfer to an energy absorber gas |
US20160181116A1 (en) | 2014-12-18 | 2016-06-23 | Lam Research Corporation | Selective nitride etch |
US9576811B2 (en) | 2015-01-12 | 2017-02-21 | Lam Research Corporation | Integrating atomic scale processes: ALD (atomic layer deposition) and ALE (atomic layer etch) |
CN105990113B (en) | 2015-01-30 | 2018-12-21 | 中芯国际集成电路制造(上海)有限公司 | Transistor and forming method thereof |
US9551924B2 (en) | 2015-02-12 | 2017-01-24 | International Business Machines Corporation | Structure and method for fixing phase effects on EUV mask |
EP3268997A1 (en) | 2015-03-09 | 2018-01-17 | Versum Materials US, LLC | Process for depositing porous organosilicate glass films for use as resistive random access memory |
JP6404757B2 (en) | 2015-03-27 | 2018-10-17 | 信越化学工業株式会社 | Polymer for resist underlayer film material, resist underlayer film material, and pattern forming method |
WO2016161287A1 (en) | 2015-04-02 | 2016-10-06 | Tokyo Electron Limited | Trench and hole patterning with euv resists using dual frequency capacitively coupled plasma (ccp) |
US9633886B2 (en) | 2015-04-16 | 2017-04-25 | Varian Semiconductor Equipment Associates, Inc. | Hybrid thermal electrostatic clamp |
US20160314964A1 (en) | 2015-04-21 | 2016-10-27 | Lam Research Corporation | Gap fill using carbon-based films |
US9870899B2 (en) | 2015-04-24 | 2018-01-16 | Lam Research Corporation | Cobalt etch back |
EP3091103A1 (en) | 2015-05-04 | 2016-11-09 | Centre National De La Recherche Scientifique | Process for obtaining patterned metal-oxide thin films deposited onto a substrate, filmed substrates obtained thereof, and semiconductor nanodevices comprising them |
DE102015208492A1 (en) | 2015-05-07 | 2016-11-10 | Reiner Diefenbach | Repository for the storage of radioactive material, and method for its production |
JP6494417B2 (en) | 2015-05-20 | 2019-04-03 | 株式会社ディスコ | Plasma etching equipment |
US9659771B2 (en) | 2015-06-11 | 2017-05-23 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Conformal strippable carbon film for line-edge-roughness reduction for advanced patterning |
US9922839B2 (en) | 2015-06-23 | 2018-03-20 | Lam Research Corporation | Low roughness EUV lithography |
JP6920219B2 (en) | 2015-06-26 | 2021-08-18 | アプライド マテリアルズ インコーポレイテッドApplied Materials,Incorporated | Selective deposition of silicon oxide film |
JP6447393B2 (en) | 2015-07-06 | 2019-01-09 | 東京エレクトロン株式会社 | Film forming apparatus, film forming method, and storage medium |
JP6817692B2 (en) | 2015-08-27 | 2021-01-20 | 東京エレクトロン株式会社 | Plasma processing method |
US9984858B2 (en) | 2015-09-04 | 2018-05-29 | Lam Research Corporation | ALE smoothness: in and outside semiconductor industry |
US10468249B2 (en) | 2015-09-28 | 2019-11-05 | Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing Company, Ltd. | Patterning process of a semiconductor structure with a middle layer |
WO2017066319A2 (en) | 2015-10-13 | 2017-04-20 | Inpria Corporation | Organotin oxide hydroxide patterning compositions, precursors, and patterning |
US10388546B2 (en) | 2015-11-16 | 2019-08-20 | Lam Research Corporation | Apparatus for UV flowable dielectric |
US9996004B2 (en) | 2015-11-20 | 2018-06-12 | Lam Research Corporation | EUV photopatterning of vapor-deposited metal oxide-containing hardmasks |
CN108292094B (en) | 2015-11-25 | 2021-07-20 | 国立大学法人大阪大学 | Resist pattern forming method and resist material |
JP6603115B2 (en) | 2015-11-27 | 2019-11-06 | 信越化学工業株式会社 | Silicon-containing condensate, silicon-containing resist underlayer film forming composition, and pattern forming method |
US10503070B2 (en) | 2015-12-10 | 2019-12-10 | Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing Co., Ltd. | Photosensitive material and method of lithography |
JP6517678B2 (en) | 2015-12-11 | 2019-05-22 | 株式会社Screenホールディングス | Method of manufacturing electronic device |
US10948825B2 (en) | 2015-12-23 | 2021-03-16 | Asml Netherlands B.V. | Method for removing photosensitive material on a substrate |
US9633838B2 (en) | 2015-12-28 | 2017-04-25 | L'Air Liquide, Société Anonyme pour l'Etude et l'Exploitation des Procédés Georges Claude | Vapor deposition of silicon-containing films using penta-substituted disilanes |
JP6742748B2 (en) * | 2016-02-17 | 2020-08-19 | 株式会社Screenホールディングス | Developing unit, substrate processing apparatus, developing method and substrate processing method |
US10018920B2 (en) | 2016-03-04 | 2018-07-10 | Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing Co., Ltd. | Lithography patterning with a gas phase resist |
GB201603988D0 (en) | 2016-03-08 | 2016-04-20 | Semblant Ltd | Plasma deposition method |
KR102394042B1 (en) | 2016-03-11 | 2022-05-03 | 인프리아 코포레이션 | Pre-patterned lithographic templates, methods based on radiation patterning using said templates and methods for forming said templates |
US10825684B2 (en) | 2016-03-18 | 2020-11-03 | Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing Co., Ltd. | Material composition and methods thereof |
US11315798B2 (en) | 2016-04-08 | 2022-04-26 | Intel Corporation | Two-stage bake photoresist with releasable quencher |
US20200249573A1 (en) | 2016-04-28 | 2020-08-06 | Mitsubishi Gas Chemical Company, Inc. | Composition for resist underlayer film formation, underlayer film for lithography, and pattern formation method |
US20170316963A1 (en) | 2016-04-28 | 2017-11-02 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Direct optical heating of substrates |
JP6611666B2 (en) | 2016-05-16 | 2019-11-27 | 東京エレクトロン株式会社 | Mounting table system, substrate processing apparatus, and temperature control method |
CN109154772B (en) | 2016-05-19 | 2023-11-07 | Asml荷兰有限公司 | Resist composition |
WO2017213842A2 (en) | 2016-05-23 | 2017-12-14 | The Regents Of The University Of Colorado, A Body Corporate | Enhancement of thermal atomic layer etching |
US10378105B2 (en) | 2016-05-31 | 2019-08-13 | Tokyo Electron Limited | Selective deposition with surface treatment |
EP3258317B1 (en) | 2016-06-16 | 2022-01-19 | IMEC vzw | Method for performing extreme ultra violet (euv) lithography |
JP6799393B2 (en) | 2016-06-20 | 2020-12-16 | 三星電子株式会社Samsung Electronics Co.,Ltd. | Wafer mounting mechanism with heater and film forming equipment |
WO2018004551A1 (en) | 2016-06-28 | 2018-01-04 | Intel Corporation | Polysilane-, polygermane-, and polystannane-based materials for euv and ebeam lithography |
US9824893B1 (en) | 2016-06-28 | 2017-11-21 | Lam Research Corporation | Tin oxide thin film spacers in semiconductor device manufacturing |
WO2018004646A1 (en) | 2016-07-01 | 2018-01-04 | Intel Corporation | Metal oxide resist materials |
JP2018017780A (en) | 2016-07-25 | 2018-02-01 | Jsr株式会社 | Radiation-sensitive composition and pattern formation method |
US10866516B2 (en) | 2016-08-05 | 2020-12-15 | Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing Co., Ltd. | Metal-compound-removing solvent and method in lithography |
JP2018025686A (en) | 2016-08-10 | 2018-02-15 | 株式会社リコー | Method for manufacturing field effect transistor, positioning method, and exposure apparatus |
TWI804224B (en) | 2016-08-12 | 2023-06-01 | 美商英培雅股份有限公司 | Methods of reducing metal residue in edge bead region from metal-containing resists |
US10566211B2 (en) | 2016-08-30 | 2020-02-18 | Lam Research Corporation | Continuous and pulsed RF plasma for etching metals |
US10074543B2 (en) | 2016-08-31 | 2018-09-11 | Lam Research Corporation | High dry etch rate materials for semiconductor patterning applications |
WO2018061670A1 (en) | 2016-09-29 | 2018-04-05 | 富士フイルム株式会社 | Processing solution, and method for processing laminate |
KR101966808B1 (en) | 2016-09-30 | 2019-04-08 | 세메스 주식회사 | Anhydrous substrate cleaning compositions, substrate cleaning method and substrate treating apparatus |
KR102614850B1 (en) | 2016-10-05 | 2023-12-18 | 삼성전자주식회사 | Method of manufacuturing semiconductor device |
US10755942B2 (en) | 2016-11-02 | 2020-08-25 | Massachusetts Institute Of Technology | Method of forming topcoat for patterning |
US10510538B2 (en) | 2016-11-29 | 2019-12-17 | Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing Company, Ltd. | Reducing EUV-induced material property changes |
US10520821B2 (en) | 2016-11-29 | 2019-12-31 | Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing Co., Ltd. | Lithography process with enhanced etch selectivity |
JP6781031B2 (en) | 2016-12-08 | 2020-11-04 | 東京エレクトロン株式会社 | Substrate processing method and heat treatment equipment |
US9929012B1 (en) | 2016-12-14 | 2018-03-27 | International Business Machines Corporation | Resist having tuned interface hardmask layer for EUV exposure |
US10866511B2 (en) | 2016-12-15 | 2020-12-15 | Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing Co., Ltd. | Extreme ultraviolet photolithography method with developer composition |
US10566212B2 (en) | 2016-12-19 | 2020-02-18 | Lam Research Corporation | Designer atomic layer etching |
KR102047538B1 (en) | 2017-02-03 | 2019-11-21 | 삼성에스디아이 주식회사 | Resist underlayer composition, and method of forming patterns using the composition |
KR102722138B1 (en) | 2017-02-13 | 2024-10-24 | 램 리써치 코포레이션 | Method to create air gaps |
JP6808596B2 (en) | 2017-03-10 | 2021-01-06 | キオクシア株式会社 | Sensing system |
WO2018173446A1 (en) | 2017-03-22 | 2018-09-27 | Jsr株式会社 | Pattern forming method |
KR102342686B1 (en) | 2017-03-27 | 2021-12-24 | 주식회사 히타치하이테크 | Plasma treatment method |
JP2020095068A (en) | 2017-03-31 | 2020-06-18 | 富士フイルム株式会社 | Pattern forming method and method for manufacturing electronic device |
KR102030056B1 (en) | 2017-05-02 | 2019-11-11 | 세메스 주식회사 | Method for cleaning a chamber, Method for treating a substrate, and Apparatus for treating a substrate |
US10600664B2 (en) | 2017-05-03 | 2020-03-24 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Fluorescence based thermometry for packaging applications |
US10553409B2 (en) | 2017-05-12 | 2020-02-04 | Tokyo Electron Limited | Method of cleaning plasma processing apparatus |
US10796912B2 (en) | 2017-05-16 | 2020-10-06 | Lam Research Corporation | Eliminating yield impact of stochastics in lithography |
CN108962986B (en) | 2017-05-18 | 2021-07-06 | 中芯国际集成电路制造(上海)有限公司 | Semiconductor device and method of manufacturing the same |
JP6852566B2 (en) | 2017-05-26 | 2021-03-31 | 大日本印刷株式会社 | Pattern forming method, uneven structure manufacturing method, replica mold manufacturing method, resist pattern reformer and pattern forming system |
US10745282B2 (en) | 2017-06-08 | 2020-08-18 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Diamond-like carbon film |
CA2975104A1 (en) | 2017-08-02 | 2019-02-02 | Seastar Chemicals Inc. | Organometallic compounds and methods for the deposition of high purity tin oxide |
US10658204B2 (en) | 2017-08-08 | 2020-05-19 | Lam Research Ag | Spin chuck with concentrated center and radial heating |
JP6579173B2 (en) * | 2017-09-19 | 2019-09-25 | セイコーエプソン株式会社 | Electro-optical device, driving method of electro-optical device, and electronic apparatus |
US10714372B2 (en) | 2017-09-20 | 2020-07-14 | Applied Materials, Inc. | System for coupling a voltage to portions of a substrate |
TWI712865B (en) | 2017-09-21 | 2020-12-11 | 日商斯庫林集團股份有限公司 | Exposure device, substrate processing apparatus, exposure method and substrate processing method |
US10763083B2 (en) | 2017-10-06 | 2020-09-01 | Lam Research Corporation | High energy atomic layer etching |
US20190131130A1 (en) | 2017-10-31 | 2019-05-02 | Lam Research Corporation | Etching metal oxide substrates using ale and selective deposition |
KR102067081B1 (en) | 2017-11-01 | 2020-01-16 | 삼성에스디아이 주식회사 | Resist underlayer composition, and method of forming patterns using the composition |
KR20240019399A (en) | 2017-11-20 | 2024-02-14 | 인프리아 코포레이션 | Organotin clusters, solutions of organotin clusters, and application to high resolution patterning |
US11022879B2 (en) | 2017-11-24 | 2021-06-01 | Asm Ip Holding B.V. | Method of forming an enhanced unexposed photoresist layer |
JP7010195B2 (en) | 2017-11-29 | 2022-01-26 | 信越化学工業株式会社 | Pattern formation method |
WO2019108376A1 (en) | 2017-12-01 | 2019-06-06 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Highly etch selective amorphous carbon film |
WO2019111727A1 (en) | 2017-12-06 | 2019-06-13 | Jsr株式会社 | Radiation-sensitive composition and resist pattern formation method |
US11243465B2 (en) | 2017-12-18 | 2022-02-08 | Tokyo Electron Limited | Plasma treatment method to enhance surface adhesion for lithography |
US10347486B1 (en) | 2017-12-19 | 2019-07-09 | International Business Machines Corporation | Patterning material film stack with metal-containing top coat for enhanced sensitivity in extreme ultraviolet (EUV) lithography |
US10727075B2 (en) | 2017-12-22 | 2020-07-28 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Uniform EUV photoresist patterning utilizing pulsed plasma process |
KR102540963B1 (en) | 2017-12-27 | 2023-06-07 | 삼성전자주식회사 | Method of forming a micropattern and substrate processing apparatus |
KR20190085654A (en) | 2018-01-11 | 2019-07-19 | 삼성전자주식회사 | Method for manufacturing semiconductor device |
JP7005369B2 (en) | 2018-02-05 | 2022-01-21 | キオクシア株式会社 | Manufacturing method of chemical coating device and semiconductor device |
JP7340524B2 (en) | 2018-02-13 | 2023-09-07 | エーエスエムエル ネザーランズ ビー.ブイ. | Cleaning of structure surfaces in EUV chamber |
KR102693685B1 (en) | 2018-02-22 | 2024-08-12 | 주식회사 다이셀 | Substrate hydrophilic treatment agent |
WO2019190781A1 (en) | 2018-03-30 | 2019-10-03 | Lam Research Corporation | Atomic layer etching and smoothing of refractory metals and other high surface binding energy materials |
TWI778248B (en) | 2018-04-05 | 2022-09-21 | 美商英培雅股份有限公司 | Tin dodecamers and radiation patternable coatings with strong euv absorption |
US11043403B2 (en) | 2018-04-06 | 2021-06-22 | Semes Co., Ltd. | Substrate support unit and substrate processing apparatus having the same including reflective member configured to reflect light toward substrate |
US10787466B2 (en) | 2018-04-11 | 2020-09-29 | Inpria Corporation | Monoalkyl tin compounds with low polyalkyl contamination, their compositions and methods |
US11673903B2 (en) | 2018-04-11 | 2023-06-13 | Inpria Corporation | Monoalkyl tin compounds with low polyalkyl contamination, their compositions and methods |
KR102078157B1 (en) | 2018-04-16 | 2020-02-17 | 세메스 주식회사 | Substrate heating unit and substrate processing apparatus using the same |
JP7101036B2 (en) | 2018-04-26 | 2022-07-14 | 東京エレクトロン株式会社 | Treatment liquid supply device and treatment liquid supply method |
US20190348292A1 (en) | 2018-05-10 | 2019-11-14 | International Business Machines Corporation | Transferring euv resist pattern to eliminate pattern transfer defectivity |
US20210013034A1 (en) * | 2018-05-11 | 2021-01-14 | Lam Research Corporation | Methods for making euv patternable hard masks |
JP7443250B2 (en) * | 2018-05-16 | 2024-03-05 | アプライド マテリアルズ インコーポレイテッド | Atomic layer self-aligned substrate processing and integrated toolset |
JP7085621B2 (en) | 2018-05-29 | 2022-06-16 | 東京エレクトロン株式会社 | Substrate processing methods, substrate processing equipment, and computer-readable recording media |
KR102211158B1 (en) | 2018-06-08 | 2021-02-01 | 삼성에스디아이 주식회사 | Semiconductor resist composition, and method of forming patterns using the composition |
JP7348210B2 (en) | 2018-06-13 | 2023-09-20 | ブルーワー サイエンス アイ エヌ シー. | Adhesive layer for EUV lithography |
CN112335016A (en) | 2018-06-13 | 2021-02-05 | 朗姆研究公司 | Efficient cleaning and etching of high aspect ratio structures |
US11054742B2 (en) | 2018-06-15 | 2021-07-06 | Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing Co., Ltd. | EUV metallic resist performance enhancement via additives |
US11393703B2 (en) | 2018-06-18 | 2022-07-19 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Apparatus and method for controlling a flow process material to a deposition chamber |
TWI748196B (en) | 2018-06-21 | 2021-12-01 | 美商英培雅股份有限公司 | Stable solutions of monoalkyl tin alkoxides and their hydrolysis and condensation products |
US11249384B2 (en) | 2018-06-29 | 2022-02-15 | Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing Co., Ltd. | Mask for EUV lithography and method of manufacturing the same |
US11437238B2 (en) | 2018-07-09 | 2022-09-06 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Patterning scheme to improve EUV resist and hard mask selectivity |
US11092889B2 (en) | 2018-07-31 | 2021-08-17 | Samsung Sdi Co., Ltd. | Semiconductor resist composition, and method of forming patterns using the composition |
US10840082B2 (en) | 2018-08-09 | 2020-11-17 | Lam Research Corporation | Method to clean SnO2 film from chamber |
FI129480B (en) * | 2018-08-10 | 2022-03-15 | Pibond Oy | Silanol-containing organic-inorganic hybrid coatings for high resolution patterning |
US10838304B2 (en) | 2018-08-13 | 2020-11-17 | Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing Co., Ltd. | Priming material for organometallic resist |
JP7241486B2 (en) | 2018-08-21 | 2023-03-17 | 東京エレクトロン株式会社 | Mask forming method |
JP7213642B2 (en) | 2018-09-05 | 2023-01-27 | 東京エレクトロン株式会社 | Method for manufacturing resist film |
KR20210054593A (en) | 2018-10-03 | 2021-05-13 | 램 리서치 아게 | Gas mixture containing hydrogen fluoride, alcohol and additives for antifriction and/or repair of high aspect ratio structures |
TW202016279A (en) | 2018-10-17 | 2020-05-01 | 美商英培雅股份有限公司 | Patterned organic metal photoresist and patterning method |
JP6816083B2 (en) | 2018-10-22 | 2021-01-20 | キオクシア株式会社 | Manufacturing method of semiconductor devices |
US10845704B2 (en) | 2018-10-30 | 2020-11-24 | Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing Co., Ltd. | Extreme ultraviolet photolithography method with infiltration for enhanced sensitivity and etch resistance |
JP6597872B2 (en) | 2018-11-13 | 2019-10-30 | 東京エレクトロン株式会社 | Substrate processing method |
JP7653908B2 (en) | 2018-11-14 | 2025-03-31 | ラム リサーチ コーポレーション | Methods for making hard masks useful in next generation lithography |
US12025919B2 (en) * | 2018-11-30 | 2024-07-02 | Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing Co., Ltd. | Method of storing photoresist coated substrates and semiconductor substrate container arrangement |
US11217444B2 (en) | 2018-11-30 | 2022-01-04 | Asm Ip Holding B.V. | Method for forming an ultraviolet radiation responsive metal oxide-containing film |
CN109521657A (en) | 2018-12-11 | 2019-03-26 | 中国科学院光电技术研究所 | Dry developing method for small molecule photoresist in surface plasma photoetching |
CN113227909A (en) * | 2018-12-20 | 2021-08-06 | 朗姆研究公司 | Dry development of resists |
US11498934B2 (en) | 2019-01-30 | 2022-11-15 | Inpria Corporation | Monoalkyl tin trialkoxides and/or monoalkyl tin triamides with particulate contamination and corresponding methods |
US11966158B2 (en) | 2019-01-30 | 2024-04-23 | Inpria Corporation | Monoalkyl tin trialkoxides and/or monoalkyl tin triamides with low metal contamination and/or particulate contamination, and corresponding methods |
SG11202109293XA (en) | 2019-02-25 | 2021-09-29 | Univ Texas | Large area metrology and process control for anisotropic chemical etching |
US12125711B2 (en) | 2019-03-18 | 2024-10-22 | Lam Research Corporation | Reducing roughness of extreme ultraviolet lithography resists |
JP7649752B2 (en) | 2019-04-12 | 2025-03-21 | インプリア・コーポレイション | Organometallic photoresist developer compositions and processing methods |
CN113906552A (en) | 2019-04-29 | 2022-01-07 | 朗姆研究公司 | Atomic layer etching for subtractive metal etching |
CN113785381A (en) | 2019-04-30 | 2021-12-10 | 朗姆研究公司 | Atomic Layer Etching and Selective Deposition Processes for Extreme Ultraviolet Lithography Resist Improvement |
JP7623305B2 (en) | 2019-06-24 | 2025-01-28 | ラム リサーチ コーポレーション | Vapor cleaning of substrate surface |
TWI837391B (en) | 2019-06-26 | 2024-04-01 | 美商蘭姆研究公司 | Photoresist development with halide chemistries |
KR20220025876A (en) | 2019-06-27 | 2022-03-03 | 램 리써치 코포레이션 | Apparatus for photoresist dry deposition |
US20220308454A1 (en) | 2019-06-28 | 2022-09-29 | Lam Research Corporation | Bake strategies to enhance lithographic performance of metal-containing resist |
TW202449510A (en) * | 2019-06-28 | 2024-12-16 | 美商蘭姆研究公司 | Dry chamber clean of photoresist films |
CN114270266A (en) | 2019-06-28 | 2022-04-01 | 朗姆研究公司 | Photoresist with multiple patterned radiation absorbing elements and/or vertical compositional gradients |
TWI862621B (en) | 2019-07-09 | 2024-11-21 | 荷蘭商Asm Ip私人控股有限公司 | Structure including a photoresist underlayer and method of forming same |
US11533783B2 (en) | 2019-07-18 | 2022-12-20 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Multi-zone heater model-based control in semiconductor manufacturing |
US11782345B2 (en) | 2019-08-05 | 2023-10-10 | Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing Co., Ltd. | Bottom antireflective coating materials |
KR20220076488A (en) | 2019-10-02 | 2022-06-08 | 램 리써치 코포레이션 | Substrate Surface Modification Using High EUV Absorbers for High Performance EUV Photoresists |
US20220299877A1 (en) | 2019-10-08 | 2022-09-22 | Lam Research Corporation | Positive tone development of cvd euv resist films |
US11314168B2 (en) | 2020-01-15 | 2022-04-26 | Lam Research Corporation | Underlayer for photoresist adhesion and dose reduction |
US20230031955A1 (en) | 2020-02-04 | 2023-02-02 | Lam Research Corporation | Post application/exposure treatments to improve dry development performance of metal-containing euv resist |
WO2021178302A1 (en) | 2020-03-02 | 2021-09-10 | Inpria Corporation | Process environment for inorganic resist patterning |
US20230152701A1 (en) | 2020-03-30 | 2023-05-18 | Lam Research Corporation | Structure and method to achieve positive tone dry develop by a hermetic overlayer |
US11822237B2 (en) | 2020-03-30 | 2023-11-21 | Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing Company, Ltd. | Method of manufacturing a semiconductor device |
US11705332B2 (en) | 2020-03-30 | 2023-07-18 | Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing Co., Ltd. | Photoresist layer surface treatment, cap layer, and method of forming photoresist pattern |
US20240192590A1 (en) | 2020-03-31 | 2024-06-13 | Lam Research Corporation | Apparatus and process for euv dry resist sensitization by gas phase infusion of a sensitizer |
CN115699287A (en) | 2020-04-01 | 2023-02-03 | 朗姆研究公司 | Fast and accurate temperature control for thermal etching |
CN115362414A (en) | 2020-04-03 | 2022-11-18 | 朗姆研究公司 | Pre-exposure photoresist curing for enhanced EUV lithographic performance |
WO2021262529A1 (en) | 2020-06-22 | 2021-12-30 | Lam Research Corporation | Dry backside and bevel edge clean of photoresist |
JP2023530299A (en) | 2020-06-22 | 2023-07-14 | ラム リサーチ コーポレーション | Surface modification for metal-containing photoresist deposition |
US11621172B2 (en) | 2020-07-01 | 2023-04-04 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Vapor phase thermal etch solutions for metal oxo photoresists |
EP4235757A3 (en) * | 2020-07-07 | 2023-12-27 | LAM Research Corporation | Integrated dry processes for patterning radiation photoresist patterning |
JP2023535349A (en) | 2020-07-17 | 2023-08-17 | ラム リサーチ コーポレーション | Method for forming photosensitive hybrid film |
KR20230051769A (en) | 2020-07-17 | 2023-04-18 | 램 리써치 코포레이션 | Photoresists containing tantalum |
US20230259025A1 (en) | 2020-07-17 | 2023-08-17 | Lam Research Corporation | Dry deposited photoresists with organic co-reactants |
US20230266664A1 (en) | 2020-07-17 | 2023-08-24 | Lam Research Corporation | Photoresists from sn(ii) precursors |
CN116134383A (en) | 2020-07-17 | 2023-05-16 | 朗姆研究公司 | Metal chelators for development of metal-containing photoresists |
WO2022103764A1 (en) | 2020-11-13 | 2022-05-19 | Lam Research Corporation | Process tool for dry removal of photoresist |
US20230416606A1 (en) | 2020-12-08 | 2023-12-28 | Lam Research Corporation | Photoresist development with organic vapor |
US20230268189A1 (en) | 2021-01-25 | 2023-08-24 | Lam Research Corporation | Selective silicon trim by thermal etching |
US20240231224A9 (en) | 2021-02-23 | 2024-07-11 | Lam Research Corporation | Halogen-and aliphatic-containing organotin photoresists and methods thereof |
WO2022266140A1 (en) | 2021-06-15 | 2022-12-22 | Lam Research Corporation | Dry development apparatus and methods for volatilization of dry development byproducts in wafers |
KR102725782B1 (en) | 2022-07-01 | 2024-11-05 | 램 리써치 코포레이션 | Cyclic phenomenon of metal oxide-based photoresists for etch stop deterrence |
-
2021
- 2021-07-02 EP EP23173688.5A patent/EP4235757A3/en active Pending
- 2021-07-02 KR KR1020237038357A patent/KR102781895B1/en active Active
- 2021-07-02 US US17/758,125 patent/US20230045336A1/en not_active Abandoned
- 2021-07-02 KR KR1020237011840A patent/KR102601038B1/en active Active
- 2021-07-02 CN CN202310318757.4A patent/CN116626993A/en active Pending
- 2021-07-02 KR KR1020227026649A patent/KR20220122745A/en active Pending
- 2021-07-02 JP JP2022552422A patent/JP7382512B2/en active Active
- 2021-07-02 EP EP21837274.6A patent/EP4078292A4/en active Pending
- 2021-07-02 WO PCT/US2021/040381 patent/WO2022010809A1/en unknown
- 2021-07-02 CN CN202180009838.5A patent/CN115004110A/en active Pending
- 2021-07-06 TW TW113105443A patent/TW202422244A/en unknown
- 2021-07-06 TW TW110124741A patent/TWI845848B/en active
- 2021-07-06 TW TW113118322A patent/TW202501170A/en unknown
-
2023
- 2023-03-15 US US18/184,545 patent/US12183604B2/en active Active
- 2023-04-11 JP JP2023063868A patent/JP7557569B2/en active Active
- 2023-10-27 JP JP2023184334A patent/JP7502545B2/en active Active
-
2024
- 2024-06-06 JP JP2024091930A patent/JP2024113104A/en active Pending
Patent Citations (6)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US20010055731A1 (en) * | 2000-06-27 | 2001-12-27 | Shigeo Irie | Pattern forming method and apparatus for fabricating semiconductor device |
US20040115956A1 (en) * | 2001-06-25 | 2004-06-17 | Hiroshi Ishida | Substrate treating device and substrate treating method |
US20150020848A1 (en) * | 2013-07-19 | 2015-01-22 | Lam Research Corporation | Systems and Methods for In-Situ Wafer Edge and Backside Plasma Cleaning |
US20160357107A1 (en) * | 2015-06-08 | 2016-12-08 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Immersion field guided exposure and post-exposure bake process |
US20180233362A1 (en) * | 2017-02-15 | 2018-08-16 | International Business Machines Corporation | Method to improve adhesion of photoresist on silicon substrate for extreme ultraviolet and electron beam lithography |
US20180308687A1 (en) * | 2017-04-24 | 2018-10-25 | Lam Research Corporation | Euv photopatterning and selective deposition for negative pattern mask |
Cited By (11)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US11921427B2 (en) | 2018-11-14 | 2024-03-05 | Lam Research Corporation | Methods for making hard masks useful in next-generation lithography |
US12211691B2 (en) | 2018-12-20 | 2025-01-28 | Lam Research Corporation | Dry development of resists |
US12125711B2 (en) | 2019-03-18 | 2024-10-22 | Lam Research Corporation | Reducing roughness of extreme ultraviolet lithography resists |
US12062538B2 (en) | 2019-04-30 | 2024-08-13 | Lam Research Corporation | Atomic layer etch and selective deposition process for extreme ultraviolet lithography resist improvement |
US12105422B2 (en) | 2019-06-26 | 2024-10-01 | Lam Research Corporation | Photoresist development with halide chemistries |
US11988965B2 (en) | 2020-01-15 | 2024-05-21 | Lam Research Corporation | Underlayer for photoresist adhesion and dose reduction |
US12261044B2 (en) | 2020-02-28 | 2025-03-25 | Lam Research Corporation | Multi-layer hardmask for defect reduction in EUV patterning |
US20230290657A1 (en) * | 2020-07-07 | 2023-09-14 | Lam Research Corporation | Integrated dry processes for patterning radiation photoresist patterning |
US12183604B2 (en) * | 2020-07-07 | 2024-12-31 | Lam Research Corporation | Integrated dry processes for patterning radiation photoresist patterning |
WO2025042433A1 (en) * | 2023-08-22 | 2025-02-27 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Integrated substrate processing system with advanced substrate handling robot |
US12278125B2 (en) | 2023-10-05 | 2025-04-15 | Lam Research Corporation | Integrated dry processes for patterning radiation photoresist patterning |
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
EP4235757A2 (en) | 2023-08-30 |
JP2024113104A (en) | 2024-08-21 |
KR20230159618A (en) | 2023-11-21 |
TWI845848B (en) | 2024-06-21 |
CN116626993A (en) | 2023-08-22 |
TW202422244A (en) | 2024-06-01 |
KR102601038B1 (en) | 2023-11-09 |
US20240145272A1 (en) | 2024-05-02 |
KR20230052991A (en) | 2023-04-20 |
JP2023093567A (en) | 2023-07-04 |
JP7557569B2 (en) | 2024-09-27 |
JP2023507677A (en) | 2023-02-24 |
EP4235757A3 (en) | 2023-12-27 |
JP2024010120A (en) | 2024-01-23 |
WO2022010809A1 (en) | 2022-01-13 |
KR102781895B1 (en) | 2025-03-18 |
JP7502545B2 (en) | 2024-06-18 |
CN115004110A (en) | 2022-09-02 |
US20230290657A1 (en) | 2023-09-14 |
EP4078292A1 (en) | 2022-10-26 |
US12183604B2 (en) | 2024-12-31 |
TW202215162A (en) | 2022-04-16 |
EP4078292A4 (en) | 2023-11-22 |
JP7382512B2 (en) | 2023-11-16 |
KR20220122745A (en) | 2022-09-02 |
TW202501170A (en) | 2025-01-01 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
US12105422B2 (en) | Photoresist development with halide chemistries | |
US12183604B2 (en) | Integrated dry processes for patterning radiation photoresist patterning | |
JP7527456B2 (en) | Process Tools for Dry Photoresist Removal | |
WO2022125388A1 (en) | Photoresist development with organic vapor | |
US20250093781A1 (en) | Rework of metal-containing photoresist | |
US20240329538A1 (en) | Cyclic development of metal oxide based photoresist for etch stop deterrence | |
US12278125B2 (en) | Integrated dry processes for patterning radiation photoresist patterning |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
STPP | Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general |
Free format text: DOCKETED NEW CASE - READY FOR EXAMINATION |
|
AS | Assignment |
Owner name: LAM RESEARCH CORPORATION, CALIFORNIA Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNORS:YU, JENGYI;TAN, SAMANTHA S.H.;ALVI, MOHAMMED HAROON;AND OTHERS;SIGNING DATES FROM 20210706 TO 20210904;REEL/FRAME:062632/0158 |
|
STPP | Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general |
Free format text: NON FINAL ACTION MAILED |
|
STCB | Information on status: application discontinuation |
Free format text: ABANDONED -- FAILURE TO RESPOND TO AN OFFICE ACTION |